Refrigerator

Abstract

The refrigerator comprises a refrigerator body, a hinge assembly, a door body, an overturning beam and a guide block. The box body comprises a guide groove. The hinge assembly includes a first mating portion. The door body is connected with the refrigerator body through the hinge assembly. The door body comprises a door side wall and a second matching part. And the guide block is matched with the guide groove. When the door body is closed to a first critical angle, the amount of elastic deformation of the second matching part reaches a preset threshold value, and the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located at a first contact positioning point on the linear track section. And when the door body is closed to a second matching angle, the guide block is in contact with the guide groove, and the central shaft of the first hinge shaft is located at a second contact positioning point on the linear track section. The first critical angle is greater than or equal to the second matching angle. The second contact positioning point coincides with the first contact positioning point in position or is farther away from the door side wall than the first contact positioning point.

Description

[0001] This application claims priority to Chinese patent application No. 202210756766.7, filed on June 30, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Technical Field

[0002] This disclosure relates to the field of household appliance technology, and more particularly to a refrigerator. Background Technology

[0003] In family life, refrigerators have become an essential appliance for every household. Driven by the desire for a sleek and aesthetically pleasing interior, more and more consumers are choosing built-in refrigerators.

[0004] Built-in refrigerators are refrigerators that are embedded in matching cabinets. They form a heat dissipation circulation through the base, back panel, and top panel. Therefore, there can be a small gap between the left and right side walls of the refrigerator and the inner side walls of the cabinet. Utility Model Content

[0005] A refrigerator is provided, comprising a cabinet, a hinge assembly, a door, a flip beam, and a guide block. The cabinet includes a first sidewall, a second sidewall storage compartment, and a guide groove. The first and second sidewalls are disposed opposite to each other. The guide groove is located at the top of the storage compartment. The hinge assembly is disposed on the cabinet and near the first sidewall. The hinge assembly includes a first track groove, a second track groove, a first hinge shaft, a second hinge shaft, and a first mating portion. The center track line of the first track groove includes a connected straight track segment and a curved track segment, and the curved track segment is located on the side of the straight track segment near the door sidewall. The first hinge shaft mates with the first track groove and is movable relative to the first track groove. The second hinge shaft mates with the second track groove and is movable relative to the second track groove. The door is connected to the cabinet via the hinge assembly to open or close the storage compartment. The first and second track grooves are located at the ends of the door near the hinge assembly. The door includes a door sidewall and a second mating portion. The door sidewall is the sidewall of the door body closest to the hinge assembly. The second mating part locks or unlocks with the first mating part. The flip beam is disposed on one of the two door bodies and located at the end of the one door body closest to the other door body. The guide block is located at the top of the flip beam. The guide block mates with the guide groove. When the door body is closed to a first critical angle, the elastic deformation of the second mating part reaches a preset threshold, and the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located at the first contact positioning point on the straight trajectory segment. When the door body is closed to a second mating angle, the guide block contacts the guide groove, and the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located at the second contact positioning point on the straight trajectory segment. The first critical angle is greater than or equal to the second mating angle. The second contact positioning point coincides with the position of the first contact positioning point, or the second contact positioning point is farther away from the door sidewall than the first contact positioning point. Attached Figure Description

[0006] To more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in this disclosure, the accompanying drawings used in some embodiments of this disclosure will be briefly introduced below. However, the drawings described below are merely drawings of some embodiments of this disclosure, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings. Furthermore, the drawings described below can be regarded as schematic diagrams and are not intended to limit the actual size of the product, the actual flow of the method, the actual timing of the signals, etc., involved in the embodiments of this disclosure.

[0007] Figure 1 A perspective view of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0008] Figure 2This is a top view according to some embodiments;

[0009] Figure 3 This is a structural schematic diagram of a hinge assembly for a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0010] Figure 4 An exploded view of the hinge assembly in the upper right corner of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0011] Figure 5 This is a structural diagram of the hinge assembly of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, when the door is in the closed state in Embodiment 1;

[0012] Figure 6 This is a structural diagram of the hinge assembly of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, when the door is opened to φ = G1 in Embodiment 1;

[0013] Figure 7 This is a structural diagram of the hinge assembly of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, in Embodiment 1, when the door is opened to φ = G2;

[0014] Figure 8 This is a structural diagram of the hinge assembly of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, in Embodiment 1, when the door is opened to φ = G3;

[0015] Figure 9 This is a structural diagram of the hinge assembly of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, in Embodiment 1, when the door is opened to φ = G4;

[0016] Figure 10 In embodiment one, the refrigerator door is opened to φ = G according to some embodiments. max Structural diagram of the hinge assembly chain;

[0017] Figure 11 This is a schematic diagram of the motion trajectory of the first side edge W and the second side edge N relative to the hinge assembly in an embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0018] Figure 12 This is a schematic diagram showing the movement of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove in a refrigerator according to some embodiments in Embodiment 1.

[0019] Figure 13 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is opened to φ=G1 in Embodiment 1.

[0020] Figure 14 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is opened to φ=G2 in Embodiment 1.

[0021] Figure 15 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is opened to φ=G3 in Embodiment 1.

[0022] Figure 16 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is opened to φ=G4 in Embodiment 1.

[0023] Figure 17 In Embodiment 1 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, the door is opened to φ = G. max A schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove;

[0024] Figure 18 This is a schematic diagram of the cooperation relationship between the first hinge shaft and the first track groove in an embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0025] Figure 19 This is a schematic diagram showing the cooperation relationship between the second hinge shaft and the first track groove in an embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0026] Figure 20 This is a partial view of a refrigerator in an embodiment of some embodiments, in which the door is in a closed state;

[0027] Figure 21 This is a partial view of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, in Embodiment 1, when the door is opened to a first opening angle s;

[0028] Figure 22 This is a partial view of a refrigerator according to some embodiments when the door is opened to a third opening angle t.

[0029] Figure 23 This is a partial view of an embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, with the door opened to its maximum angle;

[0030] Figure 24 This is a schematic diagram illustrating the movement of the rollers along a convex curve in a second embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0031] Figure 25 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove when the door is closed in Embodiment 3 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0032] Figure 26 This is a schematic diagram showing the movement of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove in a third embodiment of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0033] Figure 27 This is a schematic diagram showing the positions of the first hinge axis relative to the first track groove and the second hinge axis relative to the second track groove during the closing process of the door body in Embodiment 3 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0034] Figure 28 This is a schematic diagram showing the relative position of the flip beam and the refrigerator body when the door is opened in Embodiment 4 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0035] Figure 29 This is a schematic diagram of the relative positions of the flip beam and the refrigerator body when the door is opened in Embodiment 4 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, from another perspective.

[0036] Figure 30 This is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the first hinge axis and the first track groove, and the second hinge axis and the second track groove, when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is closed in Embodiment 5.

[0037] Figure 31 This is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the first hinge axis and the first track groove, and the second hinge axis and the second track groove, when the door body presses against the door seal in Embodiment 5 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments.

[0038] Figure 32 This is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the first hinge axis and the first track groove, and between the second hinge axis and the second track groove, when the door of a refrigerator continues to move in the closing direction from the closed state in Embodiment 5 according to some embodiments.

[0039] Figure 33 An exploded view of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0040] Figure 34 This is another exploded view of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0041] Figure 35 An exploded view of the lower end of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0042] Figure 36 This is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the lower end of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0043] Figure 37 A perspective view of the hinge plate engaging with the locking structure when the door is closed in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0044] Figure 38 This is a structural diagram of the hinge plate engaging with the locking structure when the door is closed in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0045] Figure 39 This is a perspective view of the hinge plate and locking structure when the door of a refrigerator according to Embodiment Six is ​​opened, based on some embodiments.

[0046] Figure 40 This is a structural diagram of the hinge plate and locking structure when the door is opened in Embodiment Six of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0047] Figure 41 A perspective view of the hinge plate and locking structure when the door of a refrigerator according to Embodiment Six is ​​opened to 90°, according to some embodiments;

[0048] Figure 42 This is a structural diagram of the hinge plate and locking structure in Embodiment 6 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, when the door is opened to 90°;

[0049] Figure 43 A perspective view of the hinge plate and locking structure when the door of a refrigerator according to some embodiments is opened to its maximum angle in Embodiment Six;

[0050] Figure 44 This is a structural diagram of the hinge plate and locking structure when the door of a refrigerator is opened to its maximum angle according to Embodiment Six of some embodiments;

[0051] Figure 45 This is a schematic diagram showing the relative positions of the first hinge shaft in contact with the first track groove and the second hinge shaft in contact with the second track groove when the door is opened to its maximum angle in Embodiment 7 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments.

[0052] Figure 46 This is a structural diagram of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, in Embodiment 7, where the door is opened to its maximum angle and the first hinge shaft contacts the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft contacts the second track groove.

[0053] Figure 47 An exploded view of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment 9 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0054] Figure 48 This is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment 9 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0055] Figure 49 This is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment 9 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, viewed from another perspective.

[0056] Figure 50 An exploded view of the upper part of the door and the mounting block in Embodiment 9 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0057] Figure 51This is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the lower end of the door, the track block, and the locking block in Embodiment 9 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0058] Figure 52 In Embodiment 10 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, the door is closed to G. B1 At that time, the structural diagram of the lower end of the door body, the track block, and the locking block;

[0059] Figure 53 In Embodiment 10 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, the door is closed to G. S A schematic diagram showing the relative positions of the door body, guide block, and guide groove;

[0060] Figure 54 In Embodiment 10 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, the door is closed to G. F A schematic diagram showing the relative positions of the door body, guide block, and guide groove;

[0061] Figure 55 In embodiment ten of the refrigerator according to some embodiments, G B1 >G S A diagram illustrating the state of the locking hook and stop, guide block and guide groove at that time;

[0062] Figure 56 In embodiment ten of the refrigerator according to some embodiments, G B1 <G F A diagram illustrating the state of the locking hook and stop, guide block and guide groove at that time;

[0063] Figure 57 In embodiment ten of the refrigerator according to some embodiments, G B1 =G F A diagram illustrating the state of the locking hook and stop, guide block and guide groove at that time;

[0064] Figure 58 This is a schematic diagram of the hinge structure when the door is in the closed state in Embodiment 11 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments;

[0065] Figure 59 This is a schematic diagram of the hinge structure in Embodiment 11 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, where the door is in the closed state and the first positioning point P1 is located on the side of the angle bisector H near the door sidewall.

[0066] Figure 60 This is a schematic diagram of the hinge structure in Embodiment 11 of a refrigerator according to some embodiments, where the door is in the closed state and the first positioning point P1 is located on the side of the angle bisector H away from the door sidewall. Detailed Implementation

[0067] The technical solutions in some embodiments of this disclosure will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some embodiments of this disclosure, and not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments provided in this disclosure are within the scope of protection of this disclosure.

[0068] Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the specification and claims, the term "comprise" and its other forms, such as the third person singular form "comprises" and the present participle form "comprising", are to be interpreted as open and inclusive, that is, "including, but not limited to". In the description of the specification, the terms "one embodiment", "some embodiments", "exemplary embodiments", "example", "specific example" or "some examples" are intended to indicate that the particular features, structures, materials or characteristics associated with the embodiment or example are included in at least one embodiment or example of the present disclosure. The schematic representation of the above terms does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or example. In addition, the particular features, structures, materials or characteristics may be included in any one or more embodiments or examples in any appropriate manner.

[0069] Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the number of indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" or "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of that feature. In the description of embodiments of this disclosure, unless otherwise stated, "a plurality of" means two or more.

[0070] In describing some embodiments, the terms "coupled" and "connected," and their derivative expressions, may be used. The term "connected" should be interpreted broadly; for example, a "connection" can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral part; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium. The term "coupled" indicates that two or more components have direct physical or electrical contact. The term "coupled" or "communicatively coupled" may also refer to two or more components that do not have direct contact with each other but still cooperate or interact with each other. The embodiments disclosed herein are not necessarily limited to the content of this document.

[0071] “At least one of A, B and C” has the same meaning as “at least one of A, B or C” and both include the following combinations of A, B and C: A only, B only, C only, the combination of A and B, the combination of A and C, the combination of B and C, and the combination of A, B and C.

[0072] "A and / or B" includes the following three combinations: A only, B only, and a combination of A and B.

[0073] The use of “applies to” or “configured to” in this article implies an open and inclusive language that does not preclude applicability to or configuration to devices that perform additional tasks or steps.

[0074] In addition, the use of “based on” implies openness and inclusivity, because processes, steps, calculations or other actions “based on” one or more of the stated conditions or values ​​may in practice be based on additional conditions or values ​​beyond those stated.

[0075] As used herein, "about," "substantially," or "approximately" includes the stated value and an average value that is within an acceptable range of deviation from the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art taking into account the measurements in question and the errors associated with the measurement of the particular quantity (i.e., the limitations of the measurement system).

[0076] As used herein, “parallel,” “perpendicular,” and “equal” include the described situation and situations that are similar to the described situation, within an acceptable range of deviation, which is determined by those skilled in the art taking into account the measurement under discussion and the error associated with the measurement of a particular quantity (i.e., the limitations of the measurement system). For example, “parallel” includes absolute parallelism and approximate parallelism, where an acceptable range of deviation for approximate parallelism may be, for example, within 5°; “perpendicular” includes absolute perpendicularity and approximate perpendicularity, where an acceptable range of deviation for approximate perpendicularity may also be, for example, within 5°; “equal” includes absolute equality and approximate equality, where an acceptable range of deviation for approximate equality may be, for example, a difference between the two equals being less than or equal to 5% of either one.

[0077] In the following description, embodiments of this application will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the drawings, the side of the refrigerator facing the user when in use is defined as the front side, and the opposite side is defined as the rear side.

[0078] Example 1

[0079] Embodiment 1 of this disclosure provides a refrigerator 1, referring to Figure 1The refrigerator 1 includes a cabinet 10 having a storage compartment, a door 30 connected to the cabinet 10 for opening and closing the storage compartment, and a refrigeration unit for supplying cold air to the storage compartment. The cabinet 10 includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell connected to the outside of the inner liner to form the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell to insulate the storage compartment.

[0080] The cabinet 10 defines multiple storage compartments. In this embodiment, the multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment. It should be noted that the types and arrangement of the multiple storage compartments of the refrigerator 1 are not limited to this.

[0081] A retrieval opening is formed at the front of the storage compartment, through which users can place food into or retrieve food from the storage compartment. A rotatable door 30 is provided on the refrigerator body 10 to open or close the retrieval opening of the storage compartment. For example, the door 30 is rotatably connected to the refrigerator body 10 by a hinge assembly located at the upper part of the refrigerator body 1 and a hinge assembly located at the lower part of the refrigerator body 1.

[0082] The enclosure 10 includes a first side wall (one of the left and right side walls of the enclosure 10) and a second side wall (the other of the left and right side walls of the enclosure 10) disposed opposite to each other. A hinge assembly is disposed on the enclosure 10 and close to the first side wall.

[0083] The door 30 has a front wall 31 that is away from the housing 10 when the door 30 is closed, a rear wall 33 that is disposed opposite to the front wall 31, and a side wall 32 that is close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall 31.

[0084] For example, when the hinge assembly is located on the right side of the housing 10, the right side wall of the door 30 is the door side wall 32. When the hinge assembly is located on the left side of the housing 10, the left side wall of the door 30 is the door side wall 32.

[0085] The front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door 30 intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall 32 intersects with the rear wall 33 to form a second side edge N. When the door 30 is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the housing 10.

[0086] It should be noted that when both the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 are flat surfaces, the intersection line of the plane containing the front wall 31 and the plane containing the side wall 32 is theoretically the first side edge W. The rounded corner transition at the intersection of the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 forms a line along the height direction of the door body 30 (i.e., as shown in the image). Figure 1For ease of description, the curved surface extending in the vertical direction shown is represented by any straight line extending along the height direction of the door body 30 on this curved surface, which represents the first side edge W. Similarly, the rounded transition at the intersection of the rear wall 33 and the side wall 32 can be represented by the intersection line of the planes of the rear wall 33 and the side wall 32, or by a straight line that is close to and parallel to the intersection line.

[0087] like Figure 2 and Figure 3 As shown, a door seal 5 is provided on the rear wall of the door 30. When the door 30 is closed, the door seal 5 surrounds the access opening and fits against the front face of the cabinet 10 to effectively seal the connection between the door 30 and the cabinet 10, thereby ensuring that the door 30 seals the access opening and preventing cold air from escaping. For example, the door seal 5 is in the shape of a ring.

[0088] Reference Figures 2 to 4 The hinge assembly includes a first hinge shaft 41 (i.e., the main hinge shaft) and a second hinge shaft 42 (i.e., the auxiliary hinge shaft) located on the side of the first hinge shaft 41 away from the side wall of the first body. The end of the door body 30 near the hinge assembly is provided with a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60. The first hinge shaft 41 is adapted to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 is adapted to the second track groove 60. During the rotational opening or closing of the door body 30, the first hinge shaft 41 moves relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 moves relative to the second track groove 60.

[0089] The hinge assembly includes a hinge plate 40 fixedly connected to the housing 10. The hinge plate 40 includes a connecting portion 401 connected to the housing 10 and an extension portion 402 extending forward (i.e., in a predetermined direction) from the connecting portion 401 and in a horizontal plate shape. The connecting portion 401 can be connected to the housing 10 by fasteners such as screws, pins, and bolts.

[0090] For example, see Figure 4 For the hinge assembly located at the upper end of the door body 30, the hinge assembly includes a hinge plate 40 connected to the upper end of the housing 10, and a first hinge shaft 41 and a second hinge shaft 42 connected to the hinge plate 40 to form a limiting axis guiding the movement of the door body 30. The hinge plate 40, the first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 can be integrally formed, or they can be provided separately and assembled with each other. The first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 are provided on the extension 402 and extend vertically downward.

[0091] For the hinge assembly located at the lower end of the door body 30, the connecting part 401 is connected to the front end face of the housing 10. The first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 are disposed on the hinge plate 40 and extend upward.

[0092] Corresponding to the position of the hinge plate 40, the upper and lower ends of the door body 30 are provided with a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60. For example, the two first track grooves 50 located at the upper and lower ends of the door body 30 are positioned in the height direction of the refrigerator 1, and the two second track grooves 60 are positioned in the height direction of the refrigerator 1, so that the movement of the upper and lower ends of the door body 30 is consistent, thereby making the opening or closing of the door body 30 smoother.

[0093] In this embodiment, refer to Figure 2 The plane containing the side wall of the cabinet 10 near the hinge plate 40 (i.e. the first body side wall) is defined as the reference plane M0. When the refrigerator 1 is housed in the cabinet 100, the side of the reference plane M0 that is closer to the cabinet 100 is the outer side, and the opposite side that is closer to the storage compartment is the inner side.

[0094] For example, when the door 30 is closed, the plane containing the front wall 31 of the door is approximately flush with the plane containing the front end face of the cabinet 100 (i.e., the distance between the two planes is less than 2 mm). In order to place the refrigerator 1 in the cabinet 100 for use, a gap α is usually reserved between the cabinet 100 and the first body side wall (i.e., the reference plane M0) of the refrigerator 1. For example, the width of the gap α is ∈ [3, 5], in mm.

[0095] Understandably, in order for the refrigerator 1 door 30 to open normally, the first side edge W should not extend too far beyond the reference plane M0 during the rotation of the door 30, so as to avoid the first side edge W colliding with the cabinet 100 and causing the door 30 to be unable to open normally.

[0096] In summary, if the door body 30 can move inward during rotation, the first side edge W will not extend too far beyond the reference plane M0. For example, when the hinge plate 40 is located on the right side of the door body 30, the inner side is the left side of the reference plane M0, so the door body 30 needs to move to the left during rotation. When the hinge plate 40 is located on the left side of the door body 30, the inner side is the right side of the reference plane M0, so the door body 30 needs to move to the right during rotation.

[0097] In this embodiment, as Figure 3 As shown, the first track groove 50 includes a straight groove segment and a curved groove segment that are connected to each other. The straight groove segment is located on the side of the curved groove segment away from the door sidewall 32.

[0098] For example, the straight groove segment extends towards the door sidewall 32, one end of the curved groove segment connects to the straight groove segment, and the other end of the curved groove segment extends towards the first side edge W. The curved groove segment protrudes towards the first sidewall N. For example, along the direction from the rear wall 33 to the front wall 31, the distance between the curved groove segment and the door sidewall 32 gradually decreases. In this way, during the opening of the door 30, the door 30 moves inward first while rotating, and then moves forward, thereby avoiding interference between the door 30 and the cabinet 100, and preventing the door 30 from pressing against the door seal 5, thus reducing wear on the door seal 5.

[0099] For example, the straight groove segment is parallel to the front wall 31 of the door.

[0100] The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove 50 is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the first trajectory groove 50 is defined by its shape. The first trajectory line S includes a straight trajectory segment and a curved trajectory segment that are smoothly connected. The straight trajectory segment extends toward the door sidewall 32, and the curved trajectory segment is located on the side of the straight trajectory segment near the door sidewall 32 and protrudes toward the second side edge N.

[0101] In this embodiment, the straight trajectory segment is parallel to the front wall 31 of the door, and the curved trajectory segment is set as a perfect circular arc.

[0102] The second track groove 60 is a curved groove. One end of the second track groove 60 is farther away from the rear wall 33 and the side wall 32 of the door than the other end of the second track groove 60. The second track groove 60 protrudes towards the rear wall 33. The center track line of the second track groove 60 is denoted as the second track line K. The second track line K is defined by the shape of the second track groove 60, and the second track line K is curved and protrudes towards the rear wall 33 of the door.

[0103] For example, along the direction from the end away from the door sidewall 32 towards the door sidewall 32, the distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall 31 first increases and then decreases.

[0104] For example, the first track groove 50 is located on the side of the second track groove 60 near the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door, so that the door 30 can move a certain distance inward while rotating, thereby compensating for the displacement of the first side edge W to the outside caused by the rotation of the door 30, so as to reduce the distance of the first side edge W beyond the reference plane M0 and avoid interference between the first side edge W and the cabinet 100 when the door 30 is opened.

[0105] Since there is a relative motion relationship between the first track groove 50 and the first hinge shaft 41, and between the second track groove 60 and the second hinge shaft 42, if the door 30 is opened with the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 as stationary reference points, it is equivalent to the first hinge shaft 41 moving within the first track groove 50 and the second hinge shaft 42 moving within the second track groove 60. For ease of description, this disclosure uses the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 as stationary reference points, and describes the movement of the first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 relative to these reference points.

[0106] In this embodiment, the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis 42 is denoted as the guiding central axis Q; within the projection of the plane containing the top wall of the housing 10, the line segment PQ is denoted as the axis line segment PQ.

[0107] like Figures 5 to 10 As shown, the movement of the first hinge shaft 41 along the first track groove 50 is equivalent to the movement of the positioning center shaft P along the first track line S, and the movement of the second hinge shaft 42 along the second track groove 60 is equivalent to the movement of the guide center shaft Q along the second track line K, so that the door body 30 can move a certain distance to the inward side while rotating, thereby compensating for the displacement of the first side edge W to the outward side caused by the rotation of the door body 30, and avoiding interference between the door body 30 and the cabinet 100 when the door body 30 is opened.

[0108] Since the first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 are fixed to the hinge plate 40, the movement of the door body 30 relative to the box body 10 is equivalent to the relative movement between the two in the plane containing the top wall of the box body 10 (or in a plane parallel to the top wall of the box body 10). In the plane containing the top wall of the box body 10, the movement of the axis segment PQ relative to the track groove provided on the door body 30 is equivalent to the movement of the hinge plate 40 relative to the door body 30, and also equivalent to the movement of the box body 10 relative to the door body 30. Based on the relativity of movement, the movement of the door body 30 relative to the box body 10 can be derived from the movement of the box body 10 relative to the door body 30.

[0109] In the following description, for ease of explanation, the motion of the axis segment PQ relative to the door 30 is chosen within the plane containing the top wall of the housing 10 to represent the motion of the housing 10 (hinged plate 30) relative to the door 30.

[0110] like Figure 5 As shown, the first trajectory line S includes a first positioning point P1 away from the door sidewall 32 and a sixth positioning point P6 close to the door sidewall 32. The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 along a straight line towards the door sidewall 32, and then extends along a curve to the sixth positioning point P6.

[0111] For example, the first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 along a straight line towards the door side wall 32, and then along a curve towards the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31 to the sixth positioning point P6. The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall 31 is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall 31 is denoted as D2, where D1 > D2.

[0112] For example, the sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the door side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31. That is, the first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 along a straight line towards the door side wall 32, and then along a curve towards the door side wall 32 and away from the rear wall 33 to the sixth positioning point P6.

[0113] The following explanation will be based on the example of the first trajectory line S extending from the first positioning point P1 in a straight line towards the door side wall 32, and then extending along a curve towards the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31 of the door to the sixth positioning point P6.

[0114] See Figure 5 The second trajectory line K includes a first guide point Q1 away from the door sidewall 32 and a sixth guide point Q6 close to the door sidewall 32. The sixth guide point Q6 is located on the side of the first guide point Q1 away from the front wall 31 and close to the door sidewall 32. The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 in a direction away from the front wall 31 and close to the door sidewall 32 to the sixth guide point Q6.

[0115] The distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall 31 is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall 31 is denoted as Z2. For example, Z1 < D2 < D1 < Z2. This arrangement effectively limits the movement of the second hinge axis 42 within the second track groove 60, driving the first hinge axis 41 to move within the first track groove 50. This allows the door 30 to move a certain distance inward during the opening process, ensuring the stability of the door 30's rotational opening.

[0116] like Figure 5 As shown, in this embodiment, when the door 30 is in the closed state, the central axis (positioning center axis P) of the first hinge axis 41 is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the central axis (guide center axis Q) of the second hinge axis 42 is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. That is, when the door 30 is in the closed state, the first hinge axis 41 is located on the side of the second hinge axis 42 that is closer to the door side wall 32 and closer to the door rear wall 33.

[0117] Combination Figure 5With the door 30 in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 in a first direction parallel to the door side wall 32 is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, where 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm. The distance between the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 in a second direction perpendicular to the door side wall 32 is denoted as L2, where 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. For example, when L1 = 5mm and L2 = 15mm, the thickness of the door 30 is between 44mm and 53mm, resulting in a smaller distance by which the first side edge W extends beyond the reference plane M0 during the opening process, for example, less than 3mm.

[0118] For example, L1 is 2.5mm, 5mm, 7.5mm or 10mm, and L2 is 7.5mm, 15mm, 25mm or 30mm.

[0119] In this embodiment, the refrigerator is opened at its maximum angle G. max Taking an example where the fifth angle (i.e., the fifth angle) is greater than 90°, the door 30 is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle G. max During the process, when the door 30 rotates and opens to different angles, the relative positions of the first hinge axis 41 with respect to the first track groove 50 and the relative positions of the second hinge axis 42 with respect to the second track groove 60 are as follows:

[0120] In the following description, φ represents the opening angle of the door 30. When the door 30 is closed, the opening angle φ = 0°. When the door 30 is opened relative to the box 10, the opening angle φ is a positive number when the opening of the loading and unloading port is open.

[0121] like Figure 5 As shown, when φ=0°, the door 30 is in the closed state; the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K.

[0122] like Figure 6 As shown, when φ∈(0°, G2), the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to any angle less than G2 occurs. During this process, the first hinge axis 41 moves along the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the door side wall 32, and the second hinge axis 42 moves along the curved second trajectory line K towards the door side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31.

[0123] As stated above, when the opening angle φ∈(0°, G2) of the door body 30, the motion trend of the door body 30 remains unchanged; the difference lies in the fact that when the door body 30 is opened to different angles, the position of the straight trajectory segment of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the first trajectory line S is different, and the position of the second hinge axis 42 relative to the second trajectory line K is different.

[0124] Thus, when the opening angle φ of the door 30 is ∈ (0°, G2), any angle within the range of 0° to G2 can represent the relative positions of the first hinge axis 41 and the first track groove 50, and the second hinge axis 42 and the second track groove 60 when the door 30 is opened to the interval (0°, G2). Figure 6 and Figure 13 As shown, φ = G1 ∈ (0°, G2) represents the position within this opening angle range, for comparison with when the door 30 is opened to other angles.

[0125] like Figure 6 and Figure 13 As shown, when the door 30 is opened to G1, the positioning center axis P is located at the second positioning point P2 on the first trajectory line S. The second positioning point P2 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the door side wall 32. The guide center axis Q is located at the second guide point Q2 on the second trajectory line K. The second guide point Q2 is located on the side of the first guide point Q1 that is close to the door side wall 32 and far away from the front wall 31.

[0126] like Figure 7 and Figure 14 As shown, when φ = G2, the door 30 rotates open to G2. The positioning center axis P is located at the third positioning point P3 of the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S. The third positioning point P3 is located on the side of the second positioning point P2 closer to the door side wall 32. The third positioning point P3 is the endpoint of the straight trajectory segment closer to the door side wall 32, that is, the third positioning point P3 is the endpoint of the first hinge axis 41 moving relative to the first trajectory groove 50 in a straight line towards the door side wall 32.

[0127] The guide center axis Q is located at the third guide point Q3 on the second trajectory line K. The third guide point Q3 is located on the side of the second guide point Q2 that is closer to the door side wall 32 and farther from the door front wall 31. For example, G2 ∈ any value in [26°, 30°]. In summary, during the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to G2, the first hinge axis 41 moves along a straight line towards the door side wall 32, and the second hinge axis 42 moves along a curve towards the door side wall 32 and farther from the door front wall 31.

[0128] like Figure 8 As shown, when φ∈(G2,G4), the process of the door 30 opening from G2 to any angle less than G4, in which the first hinge axis 41 moves along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the door side wall 32 and the door front wall 31, and the second hinge axis 42 moves along the second trajectory line K towards the door side wall 32 and away from the door front wall 31.

[0129] As described above, when the opening angle φ of the door 30 is within (G2, G4), the movement trend of the door 30 remains unchanged. The difference lies in the position of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S, and the position of the second hinge axis 42 relative to the second trajectory line K, when the opening angle of the door 30 is different. Similarly, when the opening angle φ of the door 30 is within (G2, G4), any opening angle within the range of G2 to G4 can represent the relative positions of the first hinge axis 41 and the first trajectory groove 50, and the second hinge axis 42 and the second trajectory groove 60 when the door 30 is opened to that range. For example, as... Figure 15 As shown, φ = G3∈(G2, G4) represents the position of the door 30 when it is opened to this angle range, in order to compare it with the position of the door 30 when it is opened to other angles.

[0130] See Figure 8 and Figure 15 When the door 30 is opened to G3, the positioning center axis P is located at the fourth positioning point P4 on the first trajectory line S. The fourth positioning point P4 is located on the side of the third positioning point P3 that is close to the door side wall 32 and close to the door front wall 31. The guide center axis Q is located at the fourth guide point Q4 on the second trajectory line K. The fourth guide point Q4 is located on the side of the third guide point Q3 that is close to the door side wall 32 and far from the door front wall 31. For example, G3 ∈ any value in [43°, 47°]. In this embodiment, G3 is set to 45°.

[0131] like Figure 9 and Figure 16 As shown, when φ = G4, the door 30 rotates open to G4. The positioning center axis P is located at the fifth positioning point P5 on the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S. The fifth positioning point P5 is located on the side of the fourth positioning point P4 that is close to the door side wall 32 and close to the door front wall 31. The guide center axis Q is located at the fifth guide point Q5 on the second trajectory line K. The fifth guide point Q5 is located on the side of the fourth guide point Q4 that is close to the door side wall 32 and far from the door front wall 31. For example, G4 ∈ any value in [88°, 92°].

[0132] In this embodiment, φ = G4 = 90°. When the door is opened to 90°, the position of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the first track groove 50 is located on the side of the door side wall 32 where the first hinge shaft 41 is relative to the first track groove 50 when the door 30 is closed; that is, the fifth positioning point P5 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 near the door side wall 32.

[0133] like Figure 10 As shown, when φ∈(G4, G max When [the door] is rotated open from G4 to G, the door body 30 is opened. maxDuring this process, the first hinge axis 41 moves along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and closer to the door front wall 31, and the second hinge axis 42 moves along the second trajectory line K towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and closer to the door front wall 31. In this embodiment, G max =116°.

[0134] Above, when the opening angle φ of the door 30 ∈ (G4, G max When the door 30 is opened to G4, the movement trend of the door remains unchanged; when the door 30 is opened to G4, the movement trend of the door remains unchanged. max At different angles, the position of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S is different, and the position of the second hinge axis 42 relative to the second trajectory line K is different.

[0135] Similarly, when the opening angle φ of the door 30 ∈ (G4, G max When selecting any opening angle within that range, it can represent the relative positions of the first hinge axis 41 and the first track groove 50, and the second hinge axis 42 and the second track groove 60 when the door 30 is opened to that range. For example, as... Figure 17 As shown, with φ=G max ∈(G4, G max [] represents the position of the door 30 within this opening angle range, for comparison with when the door 30 is opened to other states.

[0136] When the door 30 is opened to G max When the angle is greater than 90°, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 on the first trajectory line S. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the fifth positioning point P5 that is close to the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31. The guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 on the second trajectory line K. The sixth guide point Q6 is located on the side of the fifth guide point Q5 that is close to the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31.

[0137] In this embodiment, 0° < G1 < G2 < G3 < G4 < G max The first positioning point P1, the second positioning point P2, the third positioning point P3, the fourth positioning point P4, the fifth positioning point P5, and the sixth positioning point P6 are distributed sequentially along the first trajectory line S. Furthermore, the second positioning point P2, the third positioning point P3, and the fourth positioning point P4 are distributed along the straight trajectory segment towards the door side wall 32, while the fourth positioning point P4, the fifth positioning point P5, and the sixth positioning point P6 are distributed along the curved trajectory segment towards the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31.

[0138] The first guide point Q1, the second guide point Q2, the third guide point Q3, the fourth guide point Q4, the fifth guide point Q5, and the sixth guide point Q6 are sequentially distributed along the first trajectory line S. Furthermore, the second guide point Q2, the third guide point Q3, the fourth guide point Q4, and the fifth guide point Q5 are distributed along the second trajectory line K in a direction closer to the door side wall 32 and farther from the door front wall 31, while the fifth guide point Q5 and the sixth guide point Q6 are distributed along the second trajectory line K in a direction closer to the door side wall 32 and closer to the door front wall 31. It should be noted that in this embodiment, G1, G2, G3, G4, and G... max The angles are denoted as the first angle, the second angle, the third angle, the fourth angle, and the maximum angle, respectively.

[0139] In summary, when the door 30 is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle G... max During the opening process, the first hinge axis 41 moves relative to the first track groove 50 and always moves towards the door side wall 32. Similarly, the second hinge axis 42 moves relative to the second track groove 60 and always moves towards the door side wall 32. In other words, throughout the entire opening process of the door 30, both the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 maintain unidirectional movement without reversing direction. This ensures that the force direction of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 remains consistent, which improves the feel of opening and closing the door 30, enhances the user experience, and extends the service life of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60. Furthermore, the constant movement of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 during the opening process minimizes the change in acceleration of the door 30, thus improving the smoothness of opening the door 30.

[0140] It should be noted that some embodiments of this disclosure are not limited to the above settings. In some embodiments, when the door 30 is opened from G4 to G... max During the process, the second hinge shaft 42 moves toward the door side wall 32 relative to the second track groove 60, while the first hinge shaft 41 retracts relative to the first track groove 50, that is, the first hinge shaft 41 moves away from the door side wall 32 relative to the first track groove 50.

[0141] For example, the sixth positioning point Q6 is located on the side of the fifth positioning point Q5 that is close to the door side wall 32. During the opening of the door 30, after the guide center axis Q moves to the fifth positioning point Q5, as the door 30 continues to open, the guide center axis Q continues to move towards the door side wall 32 to the sixth positioning point Q6, and the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S away from the door side wall 32 to the sixth positioning point Q6.

[0142] It is understandable that this is combined with the door 30 opening to a specific angle (including the first angle G1, the second angle G2, the third angle G3, the fourth angle G4, and the maximum angle G). maxWhen the two hinge axes are positioned relative to the two track slots, the following are the possible relationships between the first hinge axis 41 relative to the first track slot 50 and the second hinge axis 42 relative to the second track slot 60.

[0143] When the opening angle φ of the door 30 is less than G2, the first hinge shaft 41 moves along the straight track segment of the first track groove 50. When the opening angle φ of the door 30 is equal to G2, the first hinge shaft 41 moves to the end point of the straight track segment of the first track groove 50 near the door side wall 32 (i.e., the third positioning point P3). When the opening angle φ of the door 30 is greater than G2, the first hinge shaft 41 moves along the curved track segment of the first track groove 50.

[0144] When the opening angle φ of the door 30 is less than G4 (e.g., G4 = 90°), the second hinge shaft 42 moves along the second track groove 60 towards the side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31. When the opening angle φ of the door 30 is greater than G4, the second hinge shaft 42 moves along the second track groove 60 towards the side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31.

[0145] In summary, based on the movement trajectories of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42, φ = G2 and φ = G4 can open the door 30 from the closed state to G. max The process is divided into three stages. The following explanation focuses on the relative movement of these three stages from the perspective of the engagement relationship between the first hinge shaft 41 and the first track groove 50, and between the second hinge shaft 42 and the second track groove 60.

[0146] In the first phase, such as Figure 14 As shown, the door 30 rotates open from the closed state to G2.

[0147] Example: Door 30 is opened from 0° to G2 via G1. During this process, the positioning center axis P moves from the first positioning point P1 along the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the door side wall 32; the guide center axis Q moves from the first guide point Q1 along the second trajectory line K towards the door side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31.

[0148] For example, the positioning center axis P moves from the first positioning point P1 along the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S, passing through the second positioning point P2 to the third positioning point P3; the guide center axis Q moves from the first guide point Q1 along the second trajectory line K, passing through the second guide point Q2 to the third guide point Q3.

[0149] See Figure 14In the first stage, with the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 as references, as the door 30 opens from 0° to G2, the axis line segment PQ rotates clockwise from P1Q1 and moves outward sequentially to P2Q2 and P3Q3 (i.e., P1Q1→P2Q2→P3Q3).

[0150] Since the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are provided on the door body 30, the axis segment PQ represents the movement of the hinge plate 40 provided on the housing 10. Therefore, if the door body 30 is taken as a stationary reference, during the process of opening the door body 30 from the closed state to G2, the housing 10 (or the hinge plate 40) rotates clockwise relative to the door body 30 and moves a certain distance to the outside. According to the relativity of motion, when the housing 10 is taken as a stationary reference (or the hinge plate 40 is taken as a stationary reference), during the process of opening the door body 30 from the closed state to G2, the door body 30 (or the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) rotates counterclockwise relative to the housing 10 and moves a certain distance to the inside.

[0151] In other words, when the door 30 is opened, it moves a certain distance inward, which can compensate for the displacement of the first side edge W to the outside caused by the rotation of the door 30, and avoid interference between the door 30 and the cabinet 100.

[0152] In the second stage, such as Figure 15 and Figure 16 As shown, door 30 is rotated open from G2 to G4.

[0153] The door 30 is opened from G2 through G3 to G4. During this process, the positioning center axis P moves from the third positioning point P3 along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31, and the guide center axis Q moves from the third guide point Q3 along the second trajectory line K towards the door side wall 32 and away from the front wall 31.

[0154] For example, the positioning center axis P moves from the third positioning point P3 along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S, passing through the fourth positioning point P4 to the fifth positioning point P5; the guide center axis Q moves from the third guide point Q3 along the second trajectory line K, passing through the fourth guide point Q4 to the fifth guide point Q5.

[0155] In the third stage, such as Figure 17 As shown, door 30 is rotated open from G4 to G... max .

[0156] During this process, the positioning center axis P moves from the fifth positioning point P5 along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31, and the guide center axis Q moves from the fifth guide point Q5 along the second trajectory line K towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and the front wall 31.

[0157] For example, the positioning center axis P moves from the fifth positioning point P5 along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S to the sixth positioning point P6; the guide center axis Q moves from the fifth guide point Q5 along the second trajectory line K to the sixth guide point Q6.

[0158] Combining the movement trajectories of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 in the second and third stages, the door body 30 rotates open from G2 to G... max During the process, with the first track slot 50 and the second track slot 60 as stationary reference objects, the axis line segment PQ rotates clockwise from P3Q3 and moves outward sequentially through P4Q4 and P5Q5 to P6Q6 (i.e., P3Q3→P4Q4→P5Q5→P6Q6).

[0159] Understandably, since the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are provided on the door body 30, the axis segment PQ represents the movement of the hinge plate 40 provided on the housing 10. Therefore, if the door body 30 is taken as a stationary reference, then when the door body 30 is opened from G2 to G... max During the process, the housing 10 (or hinge plate 40) rotates clockwise relative to the door 30 and moves outward.

[0160] According to the relativity of motion, when the box 10 is taken as a stationary reference (or, the hinge plate 40 is taken as a stationary reference), when the door 30 is opened from G2 to G... max During the process, the door 30 (or the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) rotates counterclockwise relative to the housing 10 and moves inward. That is, the door 30 moves a certain distance inward while opening.

[0161] During the opening process in the second and third stages described above, the door 30 rotates from G2 to G... max The first hinge shaft 41 moves along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory groove 50.

[0162] In summary, when door 30 opens from the closed state to G... max During the process, the door 30 rotates around a dynamically changing point, thereby moving the door 30 inward. In addition, with the cabinet 10 as a stationary reference, the door 30 always has a tendency to move inward, in order to compensate for the displacement of the first side edge W to the outside caused by the rotation of the door 30, thereby avoiding interference between the door 30 and the cabinet 100 when the door is opened.

[0163] In this embodiment, when the door 30 is opened from the closed state to G... max During the process, relative to the position of the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis 41 when the door 30 is closed, the door 30 always moves inward. That is, when the first hinge axis 41 is taken as a stationary reference, when the door 30 opens from the closed state to G... max During the process, the door body 30 always moves inward relative to the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis 41.

[0164] Taking the door body 30 (or, the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) as a stationary reference, the position of the first hinge axis 41 when the door body 30 is closed is recorded as the first initial position. Then, when the door body 30 opens from the closed state to G... max During the process, the distance between the first hinge axis 41 and the first initial position gradually increases. That is, as the door 30 opens from the closed state to G... max During the process, the first hinge axis 41 always moves towards the door side wall 32 relative to the door body 30.

[0165] For example, when door 30 is rotated open by G2 to G... max During the process, the first hinge axis 41 moves along the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and closer to the door front wall 31. For every unit angle that the door body 30 rotates open, the speed at which the first hinge axis 41 moves towards the direction closer to the door front wall 31 is approximately equal to its speed at which it moves towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 (i.e., the difference between the two speeds is less than 1 mm).

[0166] In some embodiments, in the first stage, the first hinge shaft 41 moves linearly along the straight segment of the first track groove 50, and the door 30 moves inward a distance ξ1 for every unit angle of rotation. In the second and third stages, the first hinge shaft 41 moves curvilinearly along the curved segment of the first track groove 50, and the door 30 moves inward a distance ξ2 for every unit angle of rotation. For example, ξ1 > ξ2.

[0167] In this way, during the first stage of the door 30 opening, the door 30 moves a large distance inward for each unit angle of opening, so that the door 30 can quickly and sufficiently move inward in the first stage to effectively compensate for the displacement of the first side edge W to the outside caused by the rotation of the door 30, and avoid interference between the first side edge W and the cabinet 100.

[0168] In the first stage, the first hinge axis 41 moves rapidly toward the door side wall 32, causing the door seal 5 to quickly separate from the front end face of the housing 10, thereby effectively reducing the pressure on the door seal 5. On the other hand, the arrangement of the track grooves with the above trajectory characteristics is more compact, resulting in higher motion efficiency.

[0169] In this embodiment, the movement of the refrigerator door 30 toward the inward side is essentially the movement of the first track groove 50 toward the inward side. Therefore, in the first stage, the lateral movement of the first track groove 50 is highly efficient, and the inward movement of the door 30 is fast, which helps to reduce the difficulty of designing and arranging the track groove.

[0170] In some embodiments, as Figure 3 As shown, the door seal 5 includes a side seal 5a near the door side wall 32. When the door 30 is closed, the distance between the first initial position and the plane where the door side wall 32 is located is greater than the distance between the side seal 5a and the plane where the door side wall 32 is located.

[0171] In some embodiments, during the process of opening the door 30 from the closed state to G1, the change in distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 for each unit angle of rotation of the door 30 is denoted as ζ1; during the process of opening the door 30 from G1 to G2, the change in distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 for each unit angle of rotation of the door 30 is denoted as ζ2; for example, ζ1 > ζ2.

[0172] In other words, during the process of opening the door 30 from the closed state to G1, the rate of change of the distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 is greater than the rate of change of the distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 during the process of opening the door 30 from G1 to G2. Specifically, during the movement of the door 30 from the closed state to G1, the lateral distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 decreases rapidly. Relative to the movement of the door 30 from the closed state to G1, the rate of decrease in the lateral distance between the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 and the edge of the side seal 5a away from the door side wall 32 during the process of opening the door 30 from G1 to G2 is slower.

[0173] In the above configuration, the first hinge axis 41 moves quickly along the straight trajectory segment relative to the first track groove 50, which effectively reduces the compression of the side seal 5a in the plane perpendicular to the access opening during the opening of the door 30, reducing the pressure on the side seal 5a and also reducing the resistance when the door 30 opens. Furthermore, the transition of the door 30 from the closed state to the first opening stage G1 and then to the second opening stage G2 is more natural, preventing the door 30 from jumping and resulting in greater smoothness.

[0174] In some embodiments, the curvature changes of the second trajectory line K of the second trajectory groove 60 are consistent during the first opening phase and the second opening phase. That is, the curvature changes of curve segments Q1Q2 and Q2Q3 on the first trajectory line K are consistent.

[0175] For example, the second trajectory groove 60 is a quasi-elliptical arc groove, and the second trajectory line K is a quasi-elliptical arc. It should be noted that a quasi-elliptical arc groove is a groove with a center trajectory line (the second trajectory line K) that resembles an elliptical arc shape. Quasi-elliptical arcs include standard elliptical arcs (or a portion of a standard ellipse), as well as non-standard elliptical arcs that deviate from standard elliptical arcs due to manufacturing or assembly errors or slight deformations, but still possess the characteristics of an elliptical arc trajectory. In other words, a groove whose center trajectory line can approximate an elliptical arc is a quasi-elliptical arc groove.

[0176] In some embodiments, the first hinge shaft 41 moves linearly along the straight segment of the first track groove 50 (i.e., the first stage), and the average speed of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the straight segment of the first track groove 50 is denoted as the first average speed ν1. The first hinge shaft 41 moves curvilinearly along the curved segment of the first track groove 50 (i.e., the second and third stages), and the average speed of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the curved segment of the first track groove 50 is denoted as the second average speed ν2. For example, ν1 > ν2.

[0177] That is, during the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to the second angle G2, the average speed of the first hinge axis 41 is greater than the speed of the door 30 opening from the second angle G2 to the maximum angle G. max The average movement speed of the first hinge axis 41 during the process. The above settings reduce the movement speed of the door body 30 in the second and third stages, thereby allowing the door to open quickly and preventing the hinge axis from impacting the track groove when the door is opened forcefully, thus helping to extend the service life of the track groove.

[0178] In some embodiments, G2 is set to 45°, meaning that when the door 30 is opened from the closed state to 45°, the first hinge axis 41 moves in a straight line. The first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 work together to cause the door 30 to undergo lateral displacement, i.e., move inward. During the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to 45°, the door 30 primarily moves inward. For example, the straight groove segment of the first track groove 50 is parallel to the front wall 31 of the door to improve the efficiency of the door 30 moving inward.

[0179] During the opening process of the door 30, the distance between the point of the door 30 that is close to the plane where the retrieval opening is located and the plane where the retrieval opening is located is denoted as the minimum distance L. min When the door is opened to angle φ, the minimum distance is L.min (φ), and when the door is opened to 90°, the minimum distance L min (90°) is the maximum, meaning that when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the minimum distance L between the door 30 and the plane containing the pick-up and drop-off opening is the maximum. min (90°) Maximum. In this embodiment, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the door side wall 32 is approximately parallel to the plane where the retrieval opening is located (the angle between the door side wall 32 and the plane where the retrieval opening is located is less than 3°).

[0180] When door 30 is installed inside cabinet 100, at the maximum angle G of door 30 from 90°... max During the opening process, if the door 30 rotates only around the central axis of the fixed first hinge axis 41, the maximum angle that the door 30 can open is denoted as G', which is limited by the cabinet 100. max .

[0181] In this embodiment, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the side wall 32 is parallel to the plane containing the retrieval opening, and the front wall 31 is approximately parallel to the reference plane M0. The door 30 moves from 90° to its maximum angle G... max During the opening process, the first hinge axis 41 moves in the direction close to the first side edge W (i.e., close to the front wall 31 and close to the side wall 32 of the door), and the door body 30 has a tendency to move inward and forward (away from the side of the access opening), that is, the door body 30 moves away from the cabinet 100 and the box 10.

[0182] In this embodiment, when the refrigerator is installed inside the cabinet 100, the maximum angle at which the door 30 can be opened due to the limitations of the cabinet 100 is denoted as G. max The door body 30 moves from 90° to the maximum angle G max During the process, it moves inward and forward to reduce the restrictive effect of the cabinet 100 on the door 30, thereby increasing the maximum opening angle of the door 30, i.e., G. max >G` max .

[0183] When the refrigerator is not embedded in the cabinet 100, the opening of the door 30 is not restricted by the cabinet 100; for example, the maximum angle at which the door 30 can be opened is G. max +△G, where △G > 0°. For example, G max ΔG is any value between 90° and 105°, and ΔG is any value between 8° and 12°.

[0184] In some embodiments, when the door 30 is closed, the door sidewall 32 of the door 30 is located on the side of the reference plane M0 closer to the cabinet 100, that is, on the outer side of the reference plane M0.

[0185] During the foaming process, the housing 10 is prone to bulging, which can make the front (i.e., the front side) unsightly. To ensure an aesthetically pleasing appearance, when the door 30 is closed, the door sidewall 32 is positioned outside the reference plane M0, thereby shielding the housing 10. In this embodiment, when the door 30 is closed, the distance between the plane containing the door sidewall 32 and the reference plane M0 is denoted as α`, and α` is set to any value between 1mm and 2mm.

[0186] For example, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the plane containing the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31 is approximately parallel to the reference plane M0. It should be noted that in this disclosure, if the angle between the two planes is less than 3°, the relationship between the two planes can be regarded as "parallel" or "approximately parallel". That is, "approximately parallel" includes parallelism in the mathematical definition, as well as the relationship between the two planes with an angle greater than 0° and less than 3°.

[0187] In this embodiment, see Figure 3 The door seal 5 includes a side seal 5a near the door side wall 32. The edge of the door seal 5 (or side seal 5a) that is near the door side wall 32 and far from the front wall 31 is denoted as the side seal edge F. The angle between the plane containing the surface of the door seal 5 that is far from the front wall 31 and the side wall of the first body is denoted as the second angle γ.

[0188] As the door body 30 continues from 90° towards the maximum angle G max During the opening process, the second included angle γ tends to increase; and the side sealing edge F gradually moves away from the plane where the door seal 5 is located when the door body 30 is opened to 90° away from the front wall 31.

[0189] That is, as the door body 30 continues from 90° towards the maximum angle G max During the opening process, the angle between the plane of the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31 and the side wall of the first body increases monotonically, and the distance between the side sealing edge F and the plane of the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31 when the door body 30 is opened to 90° increases monotonically.

[0190] Additionally, as the door body 30 continues from 90° towards the maximum angle G... max During the opening process, the second side edge N is closer to the reference plane M0 than the side sealing edge F. That is, as the door body 30 moves from 90° to its maximum angle G... max As the opening angle increases during the opening process, the obstruction of the door seal 5 to the access opening gradually decreases, and the obstruction of the door body 30 to the access opening gradually decreases.

[0191] The above settings allow the refrigerator 1 door 30 installed in the cabinet 100 to open to a larger angle (e.g., greater than 90°), making it easier for users to access items stored on the shelves of the door 30. This also reduces the obstruction of the access opening by the door 30, thereby increasing the size of the drawers installed in the storage room and increasing the space utilization of the storage room.

[0192] For example, refrigerator 1 is installed inside cabinet 100, and when the door 30 is opened to the maximum angle G... max At this time, the front wall 31 of the door is in contact with the cabinet 100. In this case, in the projection of the top wall of the cabinet 10 onto the plane, the straight line determined by the side sealing edge F and the second side edge N is approximately parallel to the plane of the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31 when the door 30 is opened to 90°.

[0193] That is, when the door is opened to its maximum angle G... max When the door seal 5 is open to 90°, the angle between the straight line containing the side sealing edge F of the door seal 5 near the door side wall and away from the front wall, and the straight line containing the second side edge N of the door body 30, and the plane containing the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31, is any value between 0° and 3°. This limitation avoids increasing the amount of obstruction of the access opening by the door body 30 due to the rotational movement of the second side edge N, and also increases the maximum opening angle G of the door body 30. max .

[0194] In this embodiment, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the plane containing the surface of the door seal 5 away from the front wall 31 is denoted as the fourth reference plane M4. The fourth reference plane M4 remains stationary relative to the housing 10 and does not move with the door 30. When the door 30 is opened to the maximum angle G... max At that time, the second side edge N is located between the fourth reference plane M4 and the reference plane M0; that is, the distance between the second side edge N and the fourth reference plane M4 is greater than 0.

[0195] That is, when the door is opened to its maximum angle G... max At this time, the second side edge N is located between the fourth reference plane M4 and the reference plane M0. That is, the distance between the second side edge N and the fourth reference plane M4 is greater than 0. For example, when the door 30 is opened to the maximum angle G... max At that time, the door sealing edge F is located between the second side edge N and the fourth reference plane M4.

[0196] In summary, such as Figure 10 As shown, when the door 30 is opened to its maximum angle G maxAt that time, within the projection of the plane containing the top wall of the housing 10, the second side edge N is located on the side of the side sealing edge F that is far from the fourth reference plane M4, and the angle between the line FN determined by the projection point F and the projection point N and the fourth reference plane M4 is less than 15°. Alternatively, the line FN is approximately parallel to the fourth reference plane M4 (the angle is less than 3°).

[0197] For example, such as Figures 5 to 11 As shown, the door 30 has a second side edge N and a first side edge W. When the door 30 is in the closed state relative to the box 10, the second side edge N is closer to the box 10 than the first side edge W.

[0198] This embodiment further defines a first reference plane M1 and a second reference plane M2. See also Figure 11 As shown, the first reference plane M1 is a plane parallel to the reference plane M0 and perpendicular to the plane where the retrieval opening is located. The first reference plane M1 is located outside the reference plane M0, and the distance between the two planes is α. That is, the first reference plane M1 is the plane where the inner wall of the cabinet 100 is located near the box body 10. The second reference plane M2 is the plane where the retrieval opening of the storage room is located.

[0199] The first reference plane M1 and the second reference plane M2 are reference planes that remain stationary relative to the housing 10. That is, the first reference plane M1 and the second reference plane M2 will not move with the movement of the door 30 during the opening process relative to the housing 10. It should be noted that the second reference plane M2 is the plane defining the access opening of the housing 10, and it will not move due to deformable door seals or other components installed at the access opening.

[0200] When the door 30 is opened from the closed state to its maximum angle G max During the process, the first side edge W first moves towards the first reference plane M1 and the second reference plane M2, and then moves away from the first reference plane M1 and towards the second reference plane M2. The second side edge N first moves away from the first reference plane M1 and towards the second reference plane M2, and then moves away from the first reference plane M1 and away from the second reference plane M2.

[0201] The above describes the process where the door 30 opens from the closed state to its maximum angle G. max During the process, the curve trajectory formed by the movement of the first side edge W is a smooth curve, and the curve trajectory formed by the movement of the second side edge N is a smooth curve.

[0202] During the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to the second angle G2, the angle between the movement direction of the first side edge W and the first direction formed by the first reference plane M1 tends to decrease, and the angle between the movement direction of the second side edge N and the second direction formed by the second reference plane M2 tends to decrease.

[0203] The door 30 is opened from the second angle G2 to the maximum angle G. max During the process of ≥90°, the angle between the movement direction of the first side edge W and the third direction formed by the first reference plane M1 tends to increase; the angle between the movement direction of the second side edge N and the fourth direction formed by the second reference plane M2 also tends to increase.

[0204] During the process of opening the door 30 from the closed state to 90°, the side sealing edge F moves away from the first reference plane M1 and the second reference plane M2 (and remains there). As the door 30 opens from 90° to its maximum angle G... max During the process, the side sealing edge F moves towards the first reference plane M1 and away from the second reference plane M2; that is, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the distance between the side sealing edge F and the first reference plane M1 reaches its maximum value.

[0205] For example, when the door 30 is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle G. max During the opening process, the movement trajectory of the side sealing edge F is approximately a circular arc. That is, during the opening of the door 30, the side sealing edge F moves approximately in a circular arc. It should be noted that "approximately a circular arc" includes both the mathematically defined standard circular arc and arcs with small deviations from the standard circular arc. For example, this small deviation is limited to within 1 mm.

[0206] In some embodiments, as Figure 18 and Figure 19 As shown, the end face of the first hinge shaft 41 away from the hinge plate 40 has a first gap J1 between it and the bottom of the first track groove 50; the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. The end face of the second hinge shaft 42 away from the hinge plate 40 has a second gap J2 between it and the bottom of the second track groove 60; the second gap J2 is any value from 1.5mm to 2.5mm.

[0207] When assembling the hinge shaft and the track groove, a tolerance of ±1mm is allowed. This setting facilitates manufacturing and process adjustments. During product assembly, the top and bottom edges of the door body 30 may become misaligned, requiring the installation of shims between the hinge shaft and the track groove for adjustment.

[0208] For example, if the first gap J1 is 2mm and the second gap J2 is greater than or equal to the first gap J1, then when the door 30 moves upward, it will first contact the first hinge shaft 41, thereby improving stability. For example, if the second gap J2 = the first gap J1 = 2mm, then when the door 30 moves upward, it will simultaneously contact the first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42.

[0209] In some embodiments, when the door 30 is opened, the direction of movement of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the first track groove 50 is denoted as the first displacement direction; the direction of movement of the second hinge shaft 42 relative to the second track groove 60 is denoted as the second displacement direction, and the angle between the first displacement direction and the second displacement direction is denoted as the displacement angle ω; during the process of the door opening from the closed state to 90°, the displacement angle ω remains unchanged or varies within a preset range. For example, during the process of the door opening from the closed state to 90°, the change in the displacement angle ω is in the range of 0° to 8°.

[0210] The above settings allow the displacement angle to fluctuate within a small range, i.e., remain relatively constant. In this way, when the user opens the door with a constant force (about 5N), the reaction force on the hinge shaft (first hinge shaft 41 and second hinge shaft 42) (i.e., the sum of the forces on the hinge shaft during the movement) does not change much, thereby effectively reducing the wear of the track groove.

[0211] In some embodiments, the door 30 rotates around a changing point during the opening process, and the changing point is traceable with a trajectory of (X, Y).

[0212] Where X = (X1 + X2 + X3 + X4) / 4, Y = (Y1 + Y2 + Y3 + Y4) / 4.

[0213] X represents the distance from the point of change to the side wall 32 of the door; Y represents the distance from the point of change to the front wall 31 of the door.

[0214] X1 represents the distance from the center point of the first hinge axis 41 in the first track groove 50 to the door side wall 32 when the door is closed; X2 represents the distance from the center point of the second hinge axis 42 in the second track groove 60 to the door side wall 32 when the door is closed; X3 represents the distance from the center point of the first hinge axis 41 in the first track groove 50 to the door side wall 32 when the door is rotated open; X4 represents the distance from the center point of the second hinge axis 42 in the second track groove 60 to the door side wall 32 when the door is rotated open.

[0215] Y1 represents the distance from the center point of the first hinge axis 41 in the first track groove 50 to the front wall 31 when the door is closed; Y2 represents the distance from the center point of the second hinge axis 42 in the second track groove 60 to the front wall 31 when the door is closed; Y3 represents the distance from the center point of the first hinge axis 41 in the first track groove 50 to the front wall 31 when the door is rotated open; Y4 represents the distance from the center point of the second hinge axis 42 in the second track groove 60 to the front wall 31 when the door is rotated open.

[0216] Reference Figure 20The center point of the first hinge axis 41 in the first track groove 50 is the positioning center axis P, and the center point of the second hinge axis 42 in the second track groove 60 is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the distance from point P to the side wall 32 of the door is a, the distance from point P to the front wall 31 of the door is b, the distance between point P and point Q is L, and the line connecting P and Q forms an angle m with the second reference plane M2.

[0217] The following explanation uses the example of a straight track segment of the first trajectory line K with a length of K' and a curved track segment with a radius of R. The straight track segment and the curved track segment are connected at point P2 and are tangent to each other. When the first hinge axis 41 moves to point P2, the rotation angle of the door 30 is the second opening angle s. When the door rotates to the third opening angle t, the first hinge axis 41 retracts within the first track groove 50.

[0218] It should be noted that the second opening angle s corresponds to the second angle G2 in Embodiment 1; in this embodiment, for convenience, it is represented by s. The third opening angle t does not correspond to the third angle G3 in any embodiment.

[0219] When the door 30 is closed, the position of point P is (a, b), and the position of point P2 is (a+L*cosm, bL*sinm).

[0220] Reference Figure 21 ① When the rotation angle of the door is n, and 0≤n≤s, and point P moves a distance of k (0<k≤K`):

[0221] The position of point P before rotation: X1 = a, Y1 = b;

[0222] The position of point Q before rotation: X2 = a + L * cosm, Y2 = bL * sinm;

[0223] The position of point P after rotation: X3 = a + k * cosn, Y3 = bk * sinn;

[0224] The position of point Q after rotation: X4=a+k*cosn+L*cos(n+m), Y4=bk*sinn-sin(n+m).

[0225] Reference Figure 22 ② When the rotation angle of the door is n, and s≤n≤t, the distance of point P before and after rotation can be calculated as 2R*[sin(ns) / 2].

[0226] After rotation, the position of point P is: X3 = a, Y3 = b;

[0227] The position of point Q after rotation: X4 = a + L * cosm; Y4 = bL * sinm;

[0228] Position of point P before rotation: X1 = a + 2R * [sin(ns) / 2] * [cos(3n-s) / 2], Y1 = b - 2R * [sin(ns) / 2] * [sin(3n-s) / 2];

[0229] Position of point Q before rotation: X2=a+2R*[sin(ns) / 2]*[cos(3n-s) / 2]+L*cos(n+ms), Y2=b-2R*[sin(ns) / 2]*[sin(3n-s) / 2]-L*sin(n+ms).

[0230] Reference Figure 23 ③ When the rotation angle of the door is n, and n≥t, the distance of point O before and after rotation can be calculated as 2R*[sin(nt) / 2];

[0231] The position of point P before rotation: X1 = a, Y1 = b;

[0232] The position of point Q before rotation: X2 = a + L * cosm; Y2 = bL * sinm;

[0233] The position of point P after rotation: X3=a-2R*[sin(nt) / 2]*[cos(180°-(3n-t) / 2)],Y3=b+2R*[sin(nt) / 2]*[sin(180-(3n-t) / 2)];

[0234] The position of point Q after rotation: X4=a-2R*[sin(nt) / 2]*[cos(180°-(3n-t) / 2)]+L*cos(m+nt), Y4=b+2R*[sin(nt) / 2]*[sin(180-(3n-t) / 2)]-L*sin(m+nt).

[0235] When the rotation angle is s, k = K', and the point of change satisfies ①②, so s can be obtained;

[0236] When the rotation angle is t, the point of change satisfies ②③, and t can be obtained.

[0237] In summary, when door 30 opens from the closed state to G... max During the process, the door 30 rotates around a dynamically changing point, thereby moving the door 30 inward.

[0238] Example 2

[0239] The hinge assembly in this second embodiment is based on the same principle as the hinge assembly in the first embodiment. The difference is that the shapes of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are defined in this second embodiment.

[0240] In this embodiment, the first trajectory groove 50 and the second trajectory groove 60 are regular curves.

[0241] See Figure 3 , Figures 5 to 10 as well as Figures 12 to 17 Both the curved segment of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K are smooth curves, and the curved segment of the first trajectory line S smoothly transitions to the straight segment. For example, the curved segment of the first trajectory line S is tangent to the straight segment.

[0242] Correspondingly, the wall of the curved groove segment of the first trajectory groove 50 is a smooth curved surface, and the wall of the second trajectory groove 60 is also a smooth curved surface. The wall of the straight groove segment of the first trajectory groove 50 is smoothly connected to the wall of the curved groove segment. For example, the planar groove wall of the straight groove segment of the first trajectory groove 50 is tangent to the curved groove wall of its curved groove segment.

[0243] The above configuration allows the first hinge shaft 41 to move smoothly relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 to move smoothly relative to the second track groove 60, thereby improving the smoothness of door opening and extending the service life of the hinge shafts. During the opening process of door 30, the movement of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the first track groove 50 and the movement of the second hinge shaft 42 relative to the second track groove 60 are continuous and uninterrupted.

[0244] In this embodiment, the movement of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the first track groove 50 and the movement of the second hinge shaft 42 relative to the second track groove 60 are equivalent to the movement of the roller relative to the cam. For cam mechanisms with roller followers, the size of the roller radius often affects the shape of the actual profile curve of the cam, so it is necessary to select the roller radius appropriately.

[0245] like Figure 24 As shown in a), when the theoretical profile curve of the cam is a concave curve, ρ′=ρ+r T Therefore, r T The size of is not limited by ρ, and at this time, regardless of the size of the roller radius, the working profile of the cam is always a smooth curve.

[0246] Where ρ is the theoretical profile radius; ρ′ is the actual profile radius; r T Where is the roller radius.

[0247] When the theoretical profile curve of the cam is a convex curve, then ρ=ρ′-r T :

[0248] (1) As Figure 24 As shown in b), when ρ min >r T When ρ′>0, the actual contour curve is a smooth curve; where ρmin It is the minimum radius of curvature of the convex part of the theoretical profile curve (i.e., the radius of curvature of the sharpest part).

[0249] (2) Figure 24 As shown in c), when ρ min =r T When ρ′=0, a sharp point is generated on the actual profile curve of the cam. This sharp point is very easy to wear and can easily change the motion law of the cam, so it cannot be used.

[0250] (3) Figure 24 As shown in d), when ρ min <r T When ρ′<0, the actual contour curves will intersect, and the portion of the actual contour curve above the intersection point will be cut off during processing, thus preventing the realization of this part of the motion law.

[0251] Therefore, in order to ensure that the cam profile neither becomes sharp nor intersects at any position, the roller radius r T The minimum radius of curvature ρ needs to be smaller than the convex portion of the theoretical profile curve. min For example, r T ≤0.8ρ min If this requirement cannot be met, increase the cam base circle radius and redesign the cam profile curve.

[0252] Based on this, in this embodiment, the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S corresponds to the theoretical cam profile curve of the first trajectory groove 50, which is a convex curve (the curved groove segment protrudes towards the door sidewall 32). The groove wall of the first trajectory groove 50 near the front wall 31 is the actual profile curve. The radius r of the first hinge shaft 41 T The size satisfies the setting (1) (ρ) min >r T This ensures that the groove wall of the first track groove 50 near the front wall 31 of the door is a smooth curve.

[0253] In this embodiment, the second trajectory line K corresponds to the theoretical cam profile curve of the second trajectory groove 60, which is a convex curve (the second trajectory groove protrudes away from the front wall of the door); the groove wall of the second trajectory groove 60 near the front wall 31 is the actual profile curve; the radius of the second hinge shaft 42 also satisfies r T The size satisfies the setting (1) (ρ) min >r T This ensures that the groove wall of the second track groove 60 near the front wall 31 of the door is a smooth curve, which on the one hand makes the movement of the first hinge shaft 41 smooth, and on the other hand reduces the wear of the second track groove 60.

[0254] In other words, the second trajectory groove 60 is essentially set as a cam, which can effectively avoid the defects of discontinuous motion and easy wear caused by the concave structure. In summary, in this embodiment, the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K are both set as convex cam curves.

[0255] For example, the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S and at least a portion of the second trajectory line K can also be configured as concave curves. For instance, when the first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 along a straight line towards the door side wall 32, and then extends along a curve towards the direction closer to the door side wall 32 and farther from the front door wall 31 to the sixth positioning point P6, the portion of the second trajectory line K near the door side wall 32 can be configured as a curve extending towards the door side wall 32 and farther from the front door wall 31. In this case, the curved trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S and the portion of the second trajectory line K near the door side wall 32 are configured as concave curves, allowing the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 to move smoothly along them.

[0256] Example 3

[0257] This third embodiment has the same setup as embodiment one and / or embodiment two, except that: relative to the aforementioned embodiments one and two, as... Figures 25 to 27 As shown, the second trajectory line K includes a seventh guide point Q0 located on the side of the first guide point Q1 away from the door sidewall 32 and away from the door rear wall 33, and the first trajectory line S includes a seventh positioning point P0 located on the side of the first positioning point P1 away from the door sidewall 32.

[0258] When the door 30 is closed, the central axis (positioning center axis P) of the first hinge axis 41 is located at the seventh positioning point P0, and the central axis (guide center axis Q) of the second hinge axis 42 is located at the seventh guide point Q0. When the door 30 is opened to G0, the central axis (positioning center axis P) of the first hinge axis 41 is located at the first positioning point P1, and the central axis (guide center axis Q) of the second hinge axis 42 is located at the first guide point Q1.

[0259] During the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to G0, the first hinge axis 41 moves in a straight line from the seventh positioning point P0 toward the door side wall 32 to the first positioning point P1, and the second hinge axis 42 moves from the seventh guide point Q0 to the first guide point Q1.

[0260] For example, during the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to G0, if the door 30 (or the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) is taken as a stationary reference, the second hinge shaft 42 makes an approximate rotational motion with the central axis of the first hinge shaft 41 when the door 30 is closed as the rotation axis.

[0261] It should be noted that the approximate rotational motion includes the standard-defined rotational motion around an axis, as well as the rotational motion of the second hinge axis 42 when the first hinge axis 41 undergoes a small displacement relative to the first track groove 50 during the above process.

[0262] For example, the approximate rotational motion includes the rotational motion of the second hinge axis 42 about the central axis of the moving first hinge axis 41, and the displacement distance of the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 is less than 0.5 mm for every unit angle that the door body 30 rotates.

[0263] For example, the approximate rotational motion includes the displacement of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the first track groove 50 being less than 0.2 mm during the process of the door 30 opening from the closed state to G0. That is, the "approximate rotational motion" includes the case where the first hinge axis 41 makes a slight movement relative to the first track groove 50.

[0264] For example, G0 is any value between 7° and 10°.

[0265] For example, the length of line segment P0P1 on the first trajectory arc K is 0 to 0.2 mm.

[0266] In the initial stage of opening the door 30 (i.e., from the closed state to G0), the door 30 mainly rotates, which can quickly overcome the mutual attraction between the door 30 and the box 10, so as to separate the door 30 from the box 10.

[0267] It should be noted that door 30 is opened from G0 to G max The process is the same as the first to third stages in Example 1, and will not be repeated here.

[0268] Example 4

[0269] The main difference between this fourth embodiment and the third embodiment is that a flip beam 9 is provided on the door body 30.

[0270] like Figure 28 and Figure 29 As shown, the refrigerator 1 includes two doors 30 arranged opposite each other, which work together to open or close the loading and unloading ports.

[0271] A flip beam 9 is disposed on the inner lining surface of one door 30 and close to the other door 30. A guide groove 14 is provided on the top wall of the refrigerator's storage compartment, and the flip beam 9 can slide in conjunction with the guide groove 14 to achieve different angle switching between the flip beam 9 and its corresponding door 30. When both doors 30 are closed, the flip beam 9 seals the gap between the two doors 30 and the refrigerator body 10 to effectively prevent cold air from escaping.

[0272] For example, the refrigerator 1 also includes a guide block 13, which is disposed on top of the flip beam 9 and corresponds to the position of the guide groove 14.

[0273] Under the trajectory limitation in Embodiment 4, from the guide block 13 of the door body 30 entering the guide groove 14 on the box body 10 to the flipping beam 9 completing the flipping process, with the door body 30 (or the first trajectory groove 50 and the second trajectory groove 60) as the stationary reference object, the second hinge shaft 42 makes an approximate rotational motion with the central axis of the first hinge shaft 41 as the rotation axis.

[0274] That is, the process of the door 30 rotating from G0 to the closed state corresponds to the process of the guide block 13 on the flip beam 9 contacting the guide groove 14 until the flip beam 9 completes the flipping.

[0275] Under the trajectory feature limitation of Embodiment 3, when the door 30 closes to G0 from any angle greater than G0, the guide block 13 at the top of the flip beam 9 contacts the guide groove 14 on the box 10, and the guide block 13 begins to enter the guide groove 14; when the door 30 is closed, the flip beam 9 completes the flipping.

[0276] The configuration of this embodiment ensures that the force that causes the flip beam 9 on the door 30 to flip will not be canceled out as the door 30 moves to the outside, thereby preventing the guide block 13 from getting stuck after entering the guide groove 14 due to incomplete flipping, effectively ensuring that the door 30 of the rotating beam is closed in place, thus ensuring the effectiveness of the refrigerator's low-temperature storage.

[0277] Example 5

[0278] This fifth embodiment is based on the same principle as embodiments one through four. The main difference is that it limits the situation where the door 30 continues to close from the closed state to the box 10.

[0279] In this embodiment, as Figures 30 to 32 As shown, when the door 30 is closed, the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3. The third reference plane M3 intersects the reference plane M0 at the theoretical first side edge W when the door 30 is closed. The third reference plane M3 does not move during the opening or closing of the door 30 relative to the housing 10, and is a reference plane that remains stationary relative to the housing 10.

[0280] In this embodiment, refer to Figure 30 When the door 30 is in the closed state, the front wall 31 of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, that is, the front wall 31 of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; that is, the third reference plane M3 passes through the plane where the front wall 31 of the door 30 is in the closed state, and the third reference plane M3 passes through the first side edge W.

[0281] When the end of the front wall 31 away from the side wall 32 is located on the side of the third reference plane M3 away from the box 10, the angle between the front wall 31 and the third reference plane M3 is positive; when the end of the front wall 31 away from the side wall 32 is located on the side of the third reference plane M3 close to the box 10, the angle between the front wall 31 and the third reference plane M3 is negative.

[0282] like Figure 31 As shown, when the door 30 is closed and the door seal 5 continues to be pressed, since the door seal 5 is a magnetic elastic body, the end of the front wall 31 away from the side wall 32 can move to the side of the third reference plane M3 closer to the housing 10, and there is an angle δ1 between the front wall 31 and the third reference plane M3; δ1 < 0°. For example, when the first hinge shaft 41 is in contact with the end wall of the first track groove 50 away from the side wall 32, and the second hinge shaft 42 is in contact with the end wall of the second track groove 60 away from the side wall 32, the angle between the front wall 31 and the third reference plane M3 is δ1, and the angle δ1 is any value from 0° to -3°.

[0283] In this embodiment, when the door 30 continues to move in the closing direction from the closed state to δ1, the second hinge shaft 42 rotates approximately around the central axis of the first hinge shaft 41. That is, when the door 30 continues to close from the closed state to δ1, the maximum displacement of the first hinge shaft 41 relative to the first track groove 50 is less than 0.2mm. This arrangement prevents the second hinge shaft 42 from contacting the end of the second track groove 60 away from the door side wall 32 and causing the door 30 to spring open when the door 30 is forcefully slammed against the housing 10.

[0284] For example, when the door 30 is in the closed state, there is a third gap μ1 between the first hinge shaft 41 and the end wall of the first track groove 50 away from the door side wall 32. The width of the third gap μ1 is any value between 0 and 0.2 mm. For example, as Figure 30 As shown, the width of the third gap μ1 is 0.

[0285] There is a fourth gap μ2 between the second hinge shaft 42 and the end wall of the second track groove 60 away from the door side wall 32, and the width of the fourth gap μ2 is greater than 0. The above-mentioned second gap μ2 prevents the second hinge shaft 42 from contacting the end of the second track groove 60 away from the door side wall 32 and thus preventing the door 30 from being ejected when the door 30 is forcefully slammed against the box 10.

[0286] like Figures 30 to 32 As shown, when the door 30 is in the closed state, the first hinge shaft 41 contacts the end wall of the first track groove 50 away from the door side wall 32. When the door 30 continues to move from the closed state along the closing direction, the first hinge shaft 41 and the first track groove 50 remain in contact.

[0287] The second trajectory line K has a reserved guide point Q'. When the second hinge axis 42 moves to the end of the second trajectory groove 60 away from the door side wall 32, the guide center axis Q is located at the reserved guide point Q'. The trajectory segment between the reserved guide point Q' and the first guide point Q1 is denoted as the reserved trajectory segment Q'Q1. For example, the reserved trajectory segment Q'Q1 extends from the first guide point Q0 towards the side closer to the front wall 31 and the door side wall 32 to the reserved guide point Q'.

[0288] When the door 30 is closed, the first hinge shaft 41 moves to the first positioning point P1 and the second hinge shaft moves to the first guide point Q1. When the door 30 continues to move in the closing direction from the closed state, the first hinge shaft 41 remains at the first positioning point P1 (the distance it moves away from the door sidewall 32 relative to P1 is between 0 and 0.2 mm), and the second hinge shaft 42 moves from the first guide point Q1 to the reserved guide point Q'. The rotation angle of the door 30 continuing to move closer to the housing 10 is denoted as G'. In this embodiment, G' ≥ δ1, so that when the door 30 is forcefully thrown towards the housing 10, the second hinge shaft 42 can be prevented from being impacted by the end of the second track groove 60 away from the door sidewall 32.

[0289] In the process of the door 30 continuing to move from the closed state toward the box 10, with the door 30 (or the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) as a stationary reference, the second hinge shaft 42 makes an approximate rotational motion with the central axis of the first hinge shaft 41 as the rotation axis.

[0290] For example, G` = δ1, so that when the included angle between the front wall 31 of the door and the third reference plane M3 reaches δ1, the first hinge shaft 41 contacts the end wall of the first track groove 50 away from the door side wall 32, and the second hinge shaft 42 contacts the end wall of the second track groove 60 away from the door side wall 32.

[0291] Example 6

[0292] The principle of this sixth embodiment is roughly the same as that of embodiments one to five. The difference is that the arrangement of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 on the door body 30 is limited in this sixth embodiment.

[0293] Reference Figures 33 to 36 The door body 30 includes a mounting block 80, which is integrally formed and installed on the door body 30 at a position opposite to the hinge plate 40. The first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are formed on the mounting block 80.

[0294] Reference Figure 33 and Figure 34This embodiment uses the mounting block 80, which is disposed on the upper end of the door body 30, as an example for explanation. In this embodiment, the mounting block 80 includes a track block having a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60. The first track groove 50 includes a groove bottom and a circumferential groove wall surrounding the edge of the groove bottom. The circumferential groove wall forms a slot that is opposite to the groove bottom. The structure of the second track groove 60 is the same as that of the first track groove 50, except for the shape of the groove.

[0295] The mounting block 80 includes a plate 81, on which a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60 are disposed. A receiving groove 37 is provided on the door end cap 38 located at the upper end of the door body 30. The mounting block 80 is disposed within the receiving groove 37, and the plate 81 can be securely connected to the door body 30 using fasteners such as screws. For example, multiple screw holes for connecting the plate 81 and the receiving groove 37 are provided on the plate 81 and located at the edges of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60.

[0296] The groove opening of the track groove (such as the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60) on the mounting block 80 at the upper end of the door body 30 is located at the upper end of its groove bottom.

[0297] For example, such as Figure 33 and Figure 34 As shown, the mounting block 80 also includes dust removal holes 11. The dust removal holes 11 are disposed on the bottom of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60. For example, the mounting block 80 includes a plurality of dust removal holes 11, which are respectively disposed on the ends of the bottom of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 near or away from the door sidewall 32.

[0298] It is understandable that after prolonged use, dust or debris can easily accumulate in the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 of the hinge assembly, affecting the opening and closing of the door. In this embodiment, when there is debris or dust in the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60, the hinge shaft can be moved to either end of the track groove by opening and closing the door 30, thereby driving the dust or debris to the dust removal hole 11 and discharging it. This helps to improve the service life of the hinge assembly and improve the smoothness of opening the door 30.

[0299] In some embodiments, a first receiving cavity 371 and a second receiving cavity 372 are formed on the bottom wall of the receiving groove 37. A first trajectory groove 50 is installed in the first receiving cavity 371, and a second trajectory groove 60 is installed in the second receiving cavity 372. The plate body 81 is disposed in the receiving groove 37 and its position is defined by the circumferential groove wall of the receiving groove 37. This configuration, when the mounting block 80 is installed in the receiving groove 37, helps to improve the positioning speed and accuracy of the mounting block 80.

[0300] Dust collection chambers 12 are provided on the bottom of both the first receiving cavity 371 and the second receiving cavity 372, and the positions of the dust collection chambers 12 correspond to the positions of the dust removal holes 11. Dust falling into the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 is discharged into the dust collection chamber 12 through the dust removal holes 11 under the action of the first hinge shaft 41 or the second hinge shaft 42, which helps to improve the service life of the hinge assembly and improve the smoothness of the door 30 opening.

[0301] For example, a first deformation gap exists between the first trajectory groove 50 and the cavity wall of the first receiving cavity 371; a second deformation gap exists between the second trajectory groove 60 and the cavity wall of the second receiving cavity 372. The first deformation gap and the second deformation gap provide deformation space for the first trajectory groove 50 and the second trajectory groove 60.

[0302] Understandably, when the door 30 is opened, the first hinge shaft 41 moves relative to the first track groove 50 and the second hinge shaft 42 moves relative to the second track groove 60. The first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 retain a certain elastic deformation space, which can increase the service life of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60. At the same time, it can prevent the door 30 from jamming due to excessive rigidity and processing errors in the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60.

[0303] In some embodiments, the hinge assembly has a first mating part at one end away from the side wall of the first body, the mounting block 80 has a locking block, and a second mating part is formed on the locking block. The second mating part is used to cooperate with the first mating part to realize the locking and unlocking of the door 30 and the box 10.

[0304] In this embodiment, the locking block and the track block are integrally formed to form the mounting block 80.

[0305] like Figures 35 to 44 As shown, this embodiment will be described using the mounting block 80 located at the lower end of the door body 30 as an example.

[0306] For example, see Figure 35 and Figure 36 The second mating part on the locking block is configured as a locking structure. For example, the second mating part includes a locking hook 82 located on the side of the plate 81 away from the door sidewall 32. The locking hook 82 extends away from the door sidewall 32 and bends towards the rear door wall 33 and towards the door sidewall 32. The opening of the locking hook 82 faces the plate 81 (i.e., towards the door sidewall 32), and the free end of the locking hook 82 is closer to the rear door wall 33 than its fixed end.

[0307] For example, see Figure 37 and Figure 38The first mating part is provided as a stop part 403, which is located on the side of the hinge plate 40 away from the first body sidewall. A hook gap 404 is formed on the side of the stop part 403 near the cabinet. When the door 30 is in the closed state, the free end of the lock hook 82 is received in the hook gap 404, and the stop part 403 is located in the lock hook 82. The lock hook 82 on the door 30 hooks the stop part 403 on the hinge plate 40, thereby locking the door 30 and preventing the door 30 from not closing tightly, which would affect the refrigeration and freezing effect of the refrigerator.

[0308] See Figures 38 to 42 When the door 30 is opened, the locking hook 82 is deformed by force and overcomes the obstruction of the stop part 403, thereby disengaging from the stop part 403.

[0309] For example, see Figure 35 and Figure 36 The lock hook 82 includes a connecting part 83 and a hooking part 84. The connecting part 83 is connected to the plate 81, and the hooking part 84 is connected to the connecting part 83 and bends towards the side wall 32 of the door, close to the rear wall 33. A screw passes through the connecting part 83 and is inserted into the door body 30 to fix the connecting part 83 to the door body 30, thereby strengthening the connection between the connecting part 83 and the door body 30, so that when the lock hook 82 is disengaged from the stop part 403, only the hooking part 84 deforms.

[0310] The free ends of both the hook part 84 and the stop part 403 are arc-shaped, which facilitates the hook part 84 to smoothly hook onto or disengage from the stop part 403.

[0311] During the closing process of the door 30, the free end of the hook part 84 gradually approaches the stop part 403. When the hook part 84 and the stop part 403 come into contact, under the action of the reaction force of the stop part 403, the hook part 84 deforms, causing the stop part 403 to enter the hook part 84 and the free end of the hook part 84 to enter the hook gap 404, thereby locking the lock hook 82 with the hinge plate 40 and realizing the locking of the door 30 and the box 10.

[0312] It is understandable that during the opening process of the door 30, the function between the hook part 84 and the stop part 403 is the opposite of that during the closing process of the door 30, which will not be elaborated here.

[0313] For example, when the door 30 is closed from any angle greater than a set angle (e.g., 7°) to the set angle, the door 30 is automatically closed by the action of the hook part 84 and the stop part 403.

[0314] For example, when the door 30 is opened to a set unlocking angle (e.g., 5° to 8°), the hook 84 separates from the stop 403.

[0315] In some embodiments, the unlocking angle is set to G1, that is, when the door 30 is opened to G1, the hook portion 84 separates from the stop portion 403 when the first hinge axis 41 moves along the straight track segment of the first trajectory line S. Alternatively, the unlocking angle is set to G2, that is, when the door 30 is opened to G2, the hook portion 84 separates from the stop portion 403 when the central axis of the first hinge axis 41 moves along the straight track segment of the first trajectory line S to its end point near the door sidewall 32.

[0316] Understandably, in the first stage of opening the door 30, the door 30 mainly rotates to facilitate the separation of the locking hook 82 from the stop part 403.

[0317] In some embodiments, as Figure 35 and Figure 36 As shown, the door body 30 is provided with a first protrusion 34 and a second protrusion 35, and a gap groove 36 is formed between the first protrusion 34 and the second protrusion 35. The first protrusion 34 is generally located on the side of the second protrusion 35 near the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door. The connecting part 83 includes a plug plate 86, which is inserted into the gap groove 36. In this way, the limiting of the first protrusion 34 and the second protrusion 35 can prevent the connecting part 83 from deforming in the direction from the front wall 31 to the rear wall 33 of the door.

[0318] For example, see Figure 35 and Figure 36 The plug-in plate 86 is configured as an arc-shaped plate, and the second protrusion 35 is configured as an arc-shaped plate. The first protrusion 34 is close to the edge of the second protrusion 35 and has the same shape as the second protrusion 35, so as to define an arc-shaped gap groove 36 together with the second protrusion 35. The arc-shaped plug-in plate and the arc-shaped gap groove 36 cooperate to increase the limiting area of ​​the gap groove 36 on the connection part 83, which is beneficial to improving the connection strength between the mounting block 80 and the door body 30.

[0319] It should be noted that in this embodiment, the track block and locking block of the mounting block 80 are integrally formed. In some embodiments, the track block and locking block are separately provided. For example, the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are integrally formed on the door end cover 38, and the locking block is separately formed as the mounting block 80 for installation in the receiving groove 37.

[0320] For example, the mounting block 80 located at the upper end of the door body 30 includes a track block but not a locking block. Correspondingly, when the structure of the mounting block 80 changes, a receiving groove 37 provided on the door body adapts to accommodate and fix the mounting block 80.

[0321] For example, mounting block 80 includes a separately configured track block and a locking block.

[0322] In some embodiments, as Figure 28As shown, the refrigerator 1 is configured as a French door, that is, the refrigerator 1 includes four doors 30, two of which are arranged opposite each other, and the other two are arranged opposite each other. The refrigerator includes six hinge assemblies to fix the four doors 30 to the cabinet 10.

[0323] The six hinge assemblies include two upper hinge assemblies, two middle hinge assemblies, and two lower hinge assemblies. When the door 30 is opened, the track block on the door 30 interacts with the hinge axis in the hinge assembly, causing the door 30 to rotate and move inward, thus minimizing the distance by which the first side edge W of the door 30 extends beyond the reference plane M0. The middle hinge assembly includes a hinge plate and a through shaft, which extends upward and downward from the hinge plate. The through shaft includes an upper hinge axis and a lower hinge axis. The upper hinge axis is located above the hinge plate and engages with the lower end of the door 30 located above the middle hinge assemblies, while the lower hinge axis is located below the hinge plate and engages with the upper end of the door 30 located below the middle hinge assemblies.

[0324] For example, the mounting block 80 at the upper end of each door body 30 includes a track block, and the mounting block at the lower end of each door body 30 includes a track block and a locking block.

[0325] The refrigerator described above is a cross-door type, with the refrigerator compartment located above the freezer compartment. The track block at the upper end of the refrigerator door 30 used to open or close the refrigerator compartment is the same as the track block at the upper end of the freezer door 30 used to open or close the freezer compartment. The track block and locking block at the lower end of the refrigerator door 30 used to open or close the freezer compartment are also the same as the track block and locking block at the lower end of the freezer door 30. This configuration increases the versatility of the track block and locking block, thereby facilitating manufacturing and assembly of the refrigerator 1.

[0326] It should be noted that some embodiments of this disclosure are not limited to including four doors 30, but are also applicable to refrigerator 1 including at least four doors 30.

[0327] In this embodiment, the mounting block 80 can be made of polyoxymethylene (POM), which has strong abrasion resistance and can improve the service life of the hinge assembly.

[0328] In this embodiment, the first track groove 50, the second track groove 60, and the locking structure are integrally formed to form the mounting block 80, thereby increasing the structural precision and strength of the mounting block 80. For example, the mounting block 80 is integrally formed by injection molding.

[0329] In some embodiments, a limiting structure is provided between the door body 30 and the hinge plate 40 to limit the door body 30 from opening to the maximum angle, thereby preventing damage to the mounting block 80 when the door is opened forcefully.

[0330] Reference Figure 43and Figure 44 The lower end of the door body 30 is provided with a limiting part 85, which is located at the front end of the mounting block 80 located at the lower end of the door body 30. The hinge plate 40 includes a limiting surface 405. The limiting surface 405 is located at the end of the hinge plate 40 away from the housing 10 and close to the side wall of the first body. When the door body 30 rotates to the maximum angle G max When the door is in motion, the limiting part 85 abuts against the limiting surface 405 of the hinge plate 40, thereby stopping the door body 30 from continuing to rotate.

[0331] That is, refer to Figure 45 and Figure 46 When the positioning center axis P moves to the sixth positioning point P6 and the guide center axis Q moves to the sixth guide point Q6, the limiting part 85 at the lower end of the door body 30 abuts against the limiting surface 405 of the hinge plate 40, thereby avoiding wear caused by the interaction between the second hinge axis 42 and the end of the second track groove 60 near the door side wall 32.

[0332] In this embodiment, as Figure 35 and Figure 36 As shown, the limiting part 85 includes an insert part 851 and a limiting strip 852. The limiting part 85 may be a sheet metal part.

[0333] The mounting part 851 is plate-shaped and is installed in the receiving groove 37 at the lower end of the door body 30. The plate 81 of the mounting block 80 (track block) clamps the mounting part 851 in the door body 30 from the lower end, thereby fixing the limiting part 85 to the door body 30.

[0334] The limiting strip 852 is in the shape of a convex strip and extends downward from the edge of the mounting part 851 near the front wall 31 to the lower surface of the door body 30. So when the door body 30 drives the limiting part 85 to rotate to the maximum angle, the limiting strip 852 will be blocked by the limiting surface 405 of the hinge plate 40, thereby stopping the door body 30 and stopping the door body 30 from rotating.

[0335] Understandably, the limiting part 85 is fixed in the door body 30 by the clamping of the mounting block 80, which omits the connection structure between the limiting part 85 and the door body 30 and simplifies the product structure.

[0336] It should be noted that the limiting part 85 can also be set at the upper end of the door body 30, which will not be elaborated here.

[0337] In addition, in conjunction with Embodiment 3, a locking hook 82 is provided on the door 30 in Embodiment 6. When the door 30 is closed, the locking hook 82 locks with the stop 403 on the hinge plate 40. In Embodiment 3, the door 30 is mainly rotated in the first stage, which can quickly separate the locking hook 82 from the stop 403 on the hinge assembly, thereby quickly separating the door 30 from the housing 10.

[0338] Example 7

[0339] This seventh embodiment is based on the same principle as embodiments one through six. The main difference in this seventh embodiment is that the door 30 is opened to its maximum angle G. max The arrangement of the positions of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 is defined.

[0340] In this embodiment, as Figure 45 and Figure 46 As shown, when the door 30 is opened to its maximum angle G max At this time, the first hinge shaft 41 contacts the end of the first track groove 50 near the door side wall 32, and the second hinge shaft 42 contacts the end (i.e., the end point) of the second track groove 60 near the door side wall 32. With this arrangement, the door 30 is opened to its maximum angle G by a large force. max At the same time, the first hinge shaft 41 and the second hinge shaft 42 move to the ends of the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60, respectively, that is, they interact with the door body 30 at the same time, which can reduce the stress on the hinge plate 40 and improve the installation stability of the hinge assembly and the box body 10.

[0341] Example 8

[0342] This embodiment eight is based on the same principle as embodiments one through six; compared to embodiment seven, this embodiment eight mainly involves opening the door 30 to its maximum angle G. max At the same time, the position of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 is limited to another arrangement.

[0343] like Figure 43 and Figure 44 As shown, a limiting part 85 is provided at the lower end of the door body 30, and the limiting part 85 is close to the front wall 31 of the door. A limiting surface 405 is formed at the end of the hinge plate 40 away from the housing 10 and close to the side wall of the first body. When the door body 30 rotates to the maximum angle G max When the door is in motion, the limiting part 85 abuts against the limiting surface 405 of the hinge plate 40, thereby stopping the door body 30 from continuing to rotate.

[0344] When the door is opened to its maximum angle G max At this time, the first hinge shaft contacts the end of the first track groove 50 near the door side wall 32, and there is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the door side wall 32, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0. Thus, when the door 30 is opened to its maximum angle G by force... maxAt this time, the limiting part 85 contacts the hinge plate 40, the first hinge shaft 41 contacts the end of the first track groove 50 (with interaction force), and the second hinge shaft 42 does not contact the end of the second track groove 60 (without interaction force). The first hinge shaft 41 is closer to the limiting part 85 than the second hinge shaft 42. This arrangement reduces the bending moment and stress on the hinge plate 40, which helps improve the stability of the hinge assembly and the housing 10 during installation.

[0345] Example 9

[0346] The difference between this embodiment nine and the aforementioned embodiment six lies in the structural arrangement of the mounting block 80. In this embodiment, the mounting block 80 is divided into a trajectory block and a locking block. For example... Figure 47 As shown, the track block is installed on the side of the door end cover 38 near the inner cavity of the door body 30. Similar to the previous embodiment, the track block is installed on the door body 30 at a position opposite to the hinge plate 40, and the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 are formed on the track block.

[0347] Reference Figures 47 to 50 In this embodiment, a track block disposed at the upper end of the door body 30 is used as an example for explanation. The track block includes a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60. The first track groove 50 includes a groove bottom and a circumferential groove wall surrounding the edge of the groove bottom. The circumferential groove wall forms a slot that is opposite to the groove bottom. The structure of the second track groove 60 is the same as that of the first track groove 50, except that it has the same shape.

[0348] The track block includes a plate 81, with a first track groove 50 and a second track groove 60 formed on the plate 81. A receiving groove 37 is formed on the side of the door end cap 38 located at the upper end of the door body 30 away from the hinge assembly. The plate 81 is disposed within the receiving groove 37, and the plate 81 mates with the circumferential wall of the receiving groove 37. In this embodiment, the receiving groove 37 is provided with a snap-fit ​​member for fixing the plate 81, thereby securely connecting the track block to the door body 30. For example, the fixing plate 81 can also be fixedly connected to the door end cap 38 by fasteners such as screws.

[0349] The door end cover 38 has a first through hole 71 and a second through hole 72 located near the hinge assembly. The shape of the first through hole 71 is approximately the same as the groove shape of the first track groove 50, and the shape of the second through hole 72 is approximately the same as the groove shape of the second track groove 60. The track block is installed on the side of the door end cover 38 away from the hinge assembly, that is, the track block is installed inside the door body 30.

[0350] For example, see Figure 47 and Figure 48The track block plate 81 mates with the end wall of the door end cover 38 near the hinge assembly and is fixedly connected to the door body 30 via a snap-fit ​​connector. It should be noted that the track block and the hinge assembly are located on opposite sides of the end wall of the door end cover 38. The slot of the first track groove 50 corresponds to the first through hole 71, and the slot of the second track groove 60 corresponds to the second through hole 72. Multiple fixing posts are provided on the side of the end wall of the door end cover 38 away from the hinge assembly, and multiple fixing holes are formed on the plate 81 to mate with the fixing posts. By installing the fixing posts into the fixing holes of the plate 81, the track block can be quickly positioned on the door end cover 38.

[0351] In some embodiments, as Figure 50 As shown, the first track groove 50 includes a first annular plate 73 located on the side of the plate 81 away from the bottom of the first track groove 50, and the first annular plate 73 defines the opening of the first track groove 50. The second track groove 60 includes a second annular plate 74 located on the side of the plate 81 away from the bottom of the second track groove 60, and the second annular plate 74 defines the opening of the second track groove 60.

[0352] The first ring plate 73 is installed in the first through hole 71, and the second ring plate 74 is installed in the second through hole 72. The plate body 81 mates with the end plate of the door body 30 near the hinge assembly. Combined with the fixing holes on the plate body 81 and the fixing posts on the door end cover 38, precise positioning and assembly are achieved. The assembly method of the track block and the door end cover 38 in this embodiment allows the track block to be hidden inside the door body 30, thereby improving the aesthetics of the door body 30 and reducing the gap between the door body 30 and the track block, facilitating the cleaning of the door body 30.

[0353] In some embodiments, the refrigerator includes at least two doors 30 arranged in pairs. Track blocks are disposed at the upper and / or lower ends of the doors 30. The track block at the upper end of the door 30 near the first sidewall of the refrigerator 1 is the same as the track block at the lower end of the door 30 near the second sidewall of the refrigerator 1, and the track block at the lower end of the door 30 near the first sidewall of the refrigerator 1 is the same as the track block at the upper end of the door 30 near the second sidewall of the refrigerator 1.

[0354] It is understandable that the two doors 30 described above need to be connected to the cabinet 10 via four track blocks. The track block located at the upper end of one door 30 is the same as the track block located at the lower end of the other door 30. Thus, in this embodiment, the refrigerator 1 only needs to be equipped with two types of track blocks with only track grooves to meet the installation requirements, thereby improving the versatility of track blocks and other components and helping to reduce the manufacturing cost of the refrigerator 1.

[0355] For example, such as Figure 51 and Figure 52As shown, the lower end of the door body 30 is provided with a locking block with a locking hook 82. The locking block is located on the side of the track block away from the door side wall 32 and is installed in the receiving groove 37 located on the side of the first through hole 71 and the second through hole 72 away from the door side wall 32.

[0356] The lock hook 82 includes a connecting part 83 and a hooking part 84. The connecting part 83 is connected to the receiving groove 37, and the hooking part 84 is connected to the connecting part 83 and bends towards the side closer to the rear wall 33 and the side wall 32 of the door. A screw passes through the connecting part 83 and connects to the door body 30 to strengthen the connection between the connecting part 83 and the door body 30, so that only the hooking part 84 deforms when the lock hook 82 is disengaged from the stop part 403.

[0357] It should be noted that in this embodiment, the locking block is installed on the side of the door end cover 38 near the hinge, that is, the locking block is fixedly installed on the outside of the door body 30. The locking block in this embodiment is the same as the locking hook 82 in the aforementioned embodiment six, and will not be described again here. In conjunction with embodiment six, the hook part 84 cooperates with the stop part 403 to realize the unlocking or locking of the door body 30 and the box body 10.

[0358] In this embodiment, the track block is only provided with a track groove, and the track block is installed on the side of the door end cover 38 away from the hinge assembly. Then, the lock hook 82 forms a locking block separately and is installed on the side of the door end cover 38 near the hinge.

[0359] Example 10

[0360] This embodiment ten has the same setup as embodiments one through nine, except that:

[0361] In this embodiment, as Figure 29 As shown, the refrigerator 1 includes two doors 30 arranged opposite each other, which cooperate to open or close the access panel. When both doors 30 are closed, a flip beam 9 is provided on the inner lining surface of one door 30 near the other door 30. A guide groove 14 is provided on the top wall of the storage compartment of the refrigerator 1, and the flip beam 9 can slide with the guide groove 14 to achieve switching of the flip beam 9 relative to different angles of the door 30.

[0362] For example, refer to Figure 29 When the door 30 is open, the flip beam 9 is approximately perpendicular to the door 30. When the door 30 is closed, the flip beam 9 is approximately parallel to the door 30 and seals the gap between the two doors 30 and the housing 10 to effectively prevent cold air from escaping.

[0363] For example, the flip beam 9 includes a door flip beam rear cover, which is rotatably connected to the door body 30 via a first door hinge and a second door hinge. The door flip beam rear cover is elastically connected to the two door hinges (i.e., the first door hinge and the second door hinge) using torsion springs. The first door hinge is located above the second door hinge. A guide block 13 is fixedly provided on the top of the door flip beam rear cover. The guide block 13, as a rotating component of the flip beam 9, cooperates with the guide groove 14 to achieve switching of the flip beam 9 relative to different angles of the door body 30.

[0364] The first door hinge, the second door hinge, and the rear cover of the door rotating beam are all provided with through holes for torsion springs to pass through. The torsion springs connect the two door hinges to the rear cover of the door rotating beam, respectively. For example, the first door hinge is connected to the rear cover of the door rotating beam via a first torsion spring, and the second door hinge is connected to the rear cover of the door rotating beam via a second torsion spring. When the flip beam 9 rotates around the two door hinges, the first and second torsion springs store or release elastic energy to ensure stable rotation or timely reset of the rear cover of the door rotating beam.

[0365] When the door 30 is opened, the flip beam 9 is tightly attached to one side of the door lining by the two door hinges due to the torsion of the torsion springs (first torsion spring and second torsion spring).

[0366] Normally, during the closing process of the door 30, the two hinge axes move in the corresponding track grooves, and the door 30 moves a certain distance outward relative to the hinge assembly. This causes the force that causes the flip beam 9 to flip to be offset (or partially offset) as the door 30 moves outward. As a result, the guide block 13 at the top of the flip beam 9 may not be able to complete the flipping after entering the guide groove 14 and may be stuck, preventing the door 30 from closing completely.

[0367] like Figure 53 and Figure 54 As shown, when closing the door 30, a closing force F needs to be applied to the door 30. W In the closing force F W Under the action of [something], the door 30 gradually closes. When the door 30 is closed to angle G... S (That is, at the second engagement angle), the guide block 13 at the top of the flip beam 9 contacts the guide groove 14. As the door 30 continues to close (from angle G...), S During the process, the guide block 13 begins to rotate under the pressure of the guide groove 14 wall, and the torsion spring is compressed radially. When the rotating beam 9 rotates through angle G' F The torsion spring reaches its critical value. After reaching the critical value, the torsion spring begins to extend, and together with the pressure of the guide groove 14 wall, it causes the flip beam 9 to quickly flip into place until the door 30 is completely closed. When the door 30 is completely closed, the torsion spring torque is released, and it returns to a relaxed state. The flip beam 9 then contacts the sealing strip on the door 30, which can effectively prevent cold air from escaping between the two doors 30.

[0368] The above corresponds to the flipping beam 9 flipping to G' F The closing angle of door 30 is G. F (i.e., the second critical angle), and G S >G F For example, G` F =45°, meaning that when the flipping beam 9 flips to 45°, the critical value of the torsion spring is reached. G S Set to any value between 6° and 12°, G F Set to any value between 3° and 5°. When the door 30 is closed, G is reached. F Then, the flipping beam 9 flips. The above process occurs when the flipping beam 9 flips to reach G'. F In the later stage, the torsion spring extends and releases torque; the torque released by the torsion spring in this stage is denoted as the overturning force F. N The overturning beam 9 is subjected to the overturning force F N It flips into place under the action.

[0369] It should be noted that during the flipping process of the flipping beam 9, the closing force F W It can only continue until the door is closed to angle G at 30 degrees. F Afterwards, that is, after the door body 30 rotates and closes to the critical point of the torsion spring, even if the closing force F is removed... W The flip beam 9 can also automatically complete the flipping process.

[0370] In summary, it can be concluded that in the gate body 30, G S Close to G F During the process, the torsion spring is compressed, and the closing force F W Under the combined action of the pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall, the hook part 84 undergoes elastic deformation, while the door 30 is closed to G. F During the closing phase, the flipping beam 9 experiences a flipping force F generated by the torsion spring. N The flipping is completed under the combined action of the pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall.

[0371] In conjunction with the locking structure settings in Embodiment Six or Embodiment Nine, such as Figure 38 and Figure 52 As shown, when closing the door 30, the user applies a closing force F to the door 30. W In the closing force F W Under the action of [something], the door 30 gradually closes. As the door 30 rotates to close, the free end of the hook part 84 gradually approaches the stop part 403, and when the door 30 is closed to G [something], [something] gradually closes. B0 (That is, the first coordination angle, see) Figure 40 When the door body 30 is closed by a force F, the hook part 84 abuts against the stop part 403. WUnder the action of the stop part 403 and the hook part 84 interact, the hook part 84 undergoes elastic deformation, and the moving hook part 84 gradually enters the hook gap 404 (that is, the stop part 403 enters the hook part 84).

[0372] As door 30 continues to close to G B1 At the first critical angle (i.e., the first critical angle), the amount of elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches a preset threshold, that is, the amount of elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door 30. As the door 30 continues to close to G... B1 Afterwards, the elastic energy stored in the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 is released, and together with the force of the stop part 403, the hook part 84 returns to the relaxed state and drives the hook part 84 to further enter the hook gap 404, so that the door 30 closes automatically, and the lock hook 82 locks with the stop part 403, thereby realizing the locking of the door 30 and the box 10.

[0373] Above, G B0 >G B1 For example, G B0 Set to any value between 15° and 20°, G B1 Set to any value between 3° and 8°. As described above, G is achieved when the door 30 is closed. B1 In the later stage, the hook part 84 releases elastic energy, and the force released by the hook part 84 in this stage is denoted as the locking force F. S Locking force F S This causes door 30 to close.

[0374] It should be noted that during the closing process of the door 30 above, the closing force F can be used. W This continues only until the door is closed to G. B1 After that, once the door body 30 has rotated and closed to the maximum elastic deformation of the hook part 84, even if the closing force F is removed... W The door 30 can also automatically complete the flipping.

[0375] Additionally, when the door 30 is closed to G B1 Retract the closing force F W At that time, the door body 30 still has an inertial force F. G So that the door 30 maintains its movement trend.

[0376] In summary, it can be concluded that in the gate body 30, G B0 Close to G B1 During the process, the hook part 84 is under the closing force F W Under the combined action of the stop part 403, elastic deformation occurs. When the door body 30 is closed to G... B1 At that time, the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches the maximum deformation of the door body 30 during the closing process. When the door body 30 is subjected to G...B1 During the continued closing process, the elastic force of the hook part 84 is released, and the locking force F S The elastic force of the hook part 84, the force of the stop part 403, and the inertial force F G Under the combined action of these factors, the door 30 closed quickly.

[0377] For example, the above describes the closing process when a rotating beam or a hook part 84 is separately installed on the door body 30; the following describes the closing configuration when both a rotating beam and a hook part 84 are installed on the door body 30.

[0378] like Figure 55 As shown, set G B1 >G S That is, when the door is closed from 30 to G B1 At that time, that is, when the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches its maximum, the guide block 13 at the top of the flip beam 9 does not contact the guide groove 14.

[0379] In this embodiment, the closing force F W From the start of shutdown until G B1 That is, the door 30 is closed to G. B1 Afterwards, the user can remove the closing force F. W The door 30 will close automatically.

[0380] When the door body 30 is G B1 Continue to shut down to G S At that time, guide block 13 contacts guide groove 14, and at the door body 30, G S Continue to shut down to G F During the process, the door 30 is under the locking force F S The elastic force of the hook part 84, the force of the stop part 403, and the inertial force F G The beam closes under the combined action of the two forces, and the overturning beam 9 is locked by the force F. S Inertial force F G Under the combined action of the pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall, it begins to flip, and the torsion spring is compressed radially.

[0381] In the gate body 30, G F During the continued closing process, the door 30 is locked by force F. S The elastic force of the hook part 84, the force of the stop part 403, and the inertial force F G Under the combined action of the two forces, the tilting beam 9 continues to close, and the locking force F S , overturning force F N Inertial force F G Under the combined action of pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall, it quickly flips into place.

[0382] In the above embodiment, G is configured as follows: B1>G S Door 30 closed to G B1 When the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches its maximum value, the guide block 13 at the top of the flip beam 9 has not yet come into contact with the guide groove 14, and the locking force F generated by the hook structure can be utilized. S And the inertial force F of door body 30 G This promotes the flipping of the flip beam 9 and reduces the occurrence of situations where the flip beam 9 cannot effectively flip into place due to the rotation and outward movement of the door 30 during the closing process, which counteracts the force that causes the flip beam 9 to flip.

[0383] In the above process, during the closing of the door 30, the stop and locking structure reach G when the door 30 is closed. B1 Subsequently, as the closing angle of the door decreases by 30°, the locking force F... S It continues to decline.

[0384] For example, setting G B1 =G S That is, door 30 is closed to G. B1 (G S When the hook part 84 reaches its maximum elastic deformation, and the guide block 13 begins to contact the guide groove 14, the locking force F generated by the locking structure can be fully utilized. S And the inertial force F of door body 30 G This promotes the flip beam 9 to flip, reducing the occurrence of the flip beam 9 failing to flip effectively into place due to the rotation and outward movement of the door 30 during the closing process, which counteracts the force that causes the flip beam 9 to flip.

[0385] For example, setting G B1 ∈[G S G S +3°], thus avoiding the locking force F S Excessive attenuation caused the gate to close at 30°, reaching G. B1 The rear tilting beam 9 cannot be effectively tilted into place.

[0386] In conjunction with Embodiment 4, G in this embodiment S =G0. Under the trajectory feature setting of the trajectory groove in Embodiment 4, when the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches the maximum value, the guide block 13 and the guide groove 14 do not contact each other. During the process from the contact between the guide block 13 and the guide groove 14 until the flipping into place, the second hinge shaft 42 makes an approximate rotational motion with the central axis of the first hinge shaft 41 as the rotation axis.

[0387] In this embodiment, under the trajectory setting of the trajectory slot in Embodiment 1, when the door 30 is closed to G... B1At that time, the first hinge shaft 41 is located at the first contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 is located at the first contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60.

[0388] When the door is closed to G S At this time, the first hinge axis 41 is located at the second contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge axis 42 is located at the second contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60. It can be understood that when G is set... B1 =G S At that time, the second contact positioning point coincides with the first contact positioning point.

[0389] When the door is closed to G F At that time, the first hinge shaft 41 is located at the third contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 is located at the third contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60.

[0390] The first contact positioning point, the second contact positioning point, and the third contact positioning point are all located on the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S, and the first contact positioning point, the second contact positioning point, the third contact positioning point, and the first positioning point P1 are arranged sequentially in a direction away from the door side wall 32. The first contact guide point, the second contact guide point, and the third contact guide point are all located on the second trajectory line K, and the first contact guide point, the second contact guide point, the third contact guide point, and the first guide point Q1 are arranged sequentially in a direction closer to the front wall 31 and away from the door side wall 32.

[0391] For example, such as Figure 56 As shown, set G F >G B1 That is, the door 30 is closed to G. F At that time, the flipping beam 9 flips to the critical value of the torsion spring, and the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 has not yet reached the maximum deformation.

[0392] In this embodiment, the closing force F W The door begins to close from door 30 and continues until G. B1 That is, the door 30 is closed to G. B1 At that time, remove the closing force F. W The door 30 can automatically close into place.

[0393] In the gate body 30, G F Continue to shut down to G B1 During the process, the door body 30 is subjected to closing force F W The hook part 84 rotates under the combined action of the elastic force and the stop part 403, and the tilting beam 9 rotates under the closing force F. W , overturning force F N The door flips under the combined pressure of the guide groove 14 and the groove wall. When the door 30 is closed to G... B1At that time, the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches its maximum deformation.

[0394] In the gate body 30, G B1 During the continued closing process, the door 30 is locked by force F. S The hook part 84 closes under the combined action of its elastic force and the stop part 403. The tilting beam 9 closes under the locking force F. S , overturning force F N It flips under the combined action of pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall.

[0395] It is understandable that during the closing process of the door 30, the stop and locking structure reach G when the door 30 is closed. F Subsequently, the door 30 moving outward during the closing process will cause a flipping force F. N The decay continues. Furthermore, during the closing process of door 30, the stop and locking structure reach G when door 30 is closed. B1 Subsequently, as the closing angle of the door decreases by 30°, the locking force F... S It will continue to decline.

[0396] Therefore, for example, G can be set B1 ∈(G F G F -1°], thus avoiding the overturning force F N Locking force F S Excessive attenuation is used to ensure that the door 30 closes quickly and the flip beam 9 flips quickly into place.

[0397] In this embodiment, based on the trajectory setting of the trajectory groove in Embodiment 1, the positions of the first hinge axis 41 and the second hinge axis 42 relative to the first trajectory groove 50 and the second trajectory groove 60 during the closing process of the door 30 are as follows:

[0398] When the door is closed to G B1 At that time, the first hinge shaft 41 is located at the first contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 is located at the first contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60.

[0399] When the door is closed to G F At that time, the first hinge shaft 41 is located at the third contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, and the second hinge shaft 42 is located at the third contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60.

[0400] Both the first and third contact positioning points are located on the straight segment of the first trajectory line S, and the third contact positioning point, the first contact positioning point, and the first positioning point P1 are arranged sequentially in a direction away from the door side wall 32. Both the first and third contact guide points are located on the second trajectory line K, and the third contact guide point, the first contact guide point, and the first guide point Q1 are arranged sequentially in a direction away from the door side wall 32 and close to the front wall 31.

[0401] In this embodiment, G can be set S =G B0 That is, when the guide block 13 contacts the guide groove 14, the hook part 84 abuts against the stop part 403. This allows for the closing force F to... W Under the action of [something], the torsion spring of the flip beam 9 and the hook part begin to deform synchronously to accumulate elastic energy, and then release the elastic energy successively. This effectively improves the synchronicity of the movement of the torsion spring and the hook part, reducing the closing force F applied by the user during the opening of the door 30. W This will improve the user experience and reduce downtime.

[0402] For example, such as Figure 57 As shown, G B1 =G F That is, when the door is closed from 30 to G B1 At that time, the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches the maximum deformation, and the flipping beam 9 flips to the critical value of the torsion spring.

[0403] In this embodiment, the closing force F W The door begins to close from door 30 and continues until G. B1 (G F That is, the door 30 is closed to G. B1 Afterwards, remove the closing force F. W The door 30 automatically closes into place.

[0404] In the gate body 30, G B0 Close to G B1 During the process, the door body 30 is subjected to closing force F W Under the combined action of the elastic force of the hook part 84 and the force of the stop part 403, the door continues to close, and the tilting beam 9 closes with the closing force F. W Under the combined action of the pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall, the spring flips over, and the torsion spring is compressed to store elastic potential energy.

[0405] When the door is closed to G B1 (G F When the hook part 84 reaches its maximum elastic deformation, the flipping beam 9 flips until the torsion spring reaches its critical value.

[0406] In the gate body 30, G B1 (G FDuring the continued closing process, the door 30 is under the locking force F S The hook part 84 continues to close under the elastic force of the hook and the stop part 403. The tilting beam 9 remains closed under the locking force F. S , overturning force F N It flips into place under the combined action of pressure from the guide groove 14 and the groove wall.

[0407] In the above embodiment, G is set B1 =G F That is, the door 30 is closed to G. B1 (G F When the elastic deformation of the hook part 84 reaches its maximum, the tilting beam 9 tilts to the critical value of the torsion spring, thus fully utilizing the tilting force F. N Locking force F S The mutual promotion effect of the door 30 and the flip beam 9 can be used to quickly close the door and flip the beam 9 into place. This avoids the flip beam 9 failing to flip effectively because the outward movement of the door 30 during the closing process cancels out the force that causes the flip beam 9 to flip.

[0408] In the above-mentioned process, during the closing of the door 30, the stop and the locking structure achieve G when the door 30 is closed. B1 (G F Afterwards, the door 30 moves outwards during the closing process, resulting in a flipping force F. N The locking force F decreases continuously. Furthermore, as the closing angle of the door (30°) decreases, the locking force F... S It continues to decline.

[0409] In this embodiment, due to G B1 =G F Therefore, in the overturning force F N and locking force F S When both are at their maximum, they work synchronously and mutually reinforce each other, fully expanding the locking force F. S The range of angles that facilitate the flipping of the flipping beam 9.

[0410] In this embodiment, under the constraint of the trajectory of the trajectory slot in Embodiment 1, when the door 30 is closed to G... B1 (G F When the first hinge shaft 41 is located at the first contact positioning point relative to the first track groove 50, the second hinge shaft 42 is located at the first contact guide point relative to the second track groove 60.

[0411] The first contact positioning point is located on the straight track segment of the first trajectory line S, and the first contact positioning point and the first positioning point P1 are arranged in a direction away from the door side wall 32. The first contact guide point is located on the second trajectory line K, and the first contact guide point and the first guide point Q1 are arranged in a direction away from the door side wall 32 and close to the door front wall 31.

[0412] In this embodiment, G can be set S =G B0 That is, when the guide block 13 contacts the guide groove 14, the hook part 84 abuts against the stop part 403. Thus, under the closing force F... W Under the action of the mechanism, the torsion spring of the flip beam 9 and the hook part begin to deform and accumulate elastic energy synchronously, and then release the elastic energy one after the other, thereby effectively improving the synchronization of the movement of the torsion spring and the hook part, and reducing the closing force F applied by the user during the opening of the door 30. W This will improve the user experience and reduce downtime.

[0413] Example 11

[0414] This eleventh embodiment has the same setup as embodiments one through ten, the difference being: in this embodiment, as... Figure 58 As shown, the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H (i.e., the reference angle bisector), and the dihedral angle formed by the third reference plane M3 and the reference plane M0 is denoted as the first included angle σ = 90°. When the door 30 is closed, the angle bisector H bisects the first included angle σ = 90°.

[0415] It should be noted that the angle bisector (which remains stationary) of the dihedral angle formed by the third reference plane M3 and the reference plane M0 is also the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door when the door 30 is closed. That is, the angle bisector H of the door when it is closed is also the angle bisector of the angle between the third reference plane M3 and the reference plane M0. During the opening process of the door 30 relative to the housing 10, the angle bisector H moves with the door 30 relative to the housing 10.

[0416] In this embodiment, the first side edge W of the door 30 when it is closed is located on the reference plane M0, that is, the first side edge W of the door 30 when it is closed is the intersection line of the third reference plane M3 and the reference plane M0.

[0417] See Figures 58 to 60 As shown, the first included angle σ between the front wall 31 and the side wall 32 of the door is 90°.

[0418] When the door 30 is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S. The angle between line segment WP and the straight track segment on the first trajectory line S is denoted as θ (for example, θ∈[0,π / 2]). The distance between the first side edge W and the straight line containing the straight track segment on the first trajectory line S is R, where R is a constant.

[0419] When the door 30 rotates open about the first hinge axis 41 (positioning center axis P), and when the door 30 rotates to the point where WP is parallel to the second reference plane M2, the distance E between the first side edge W and the reference plane M0 is at its maximum. For example, E max=R / sinθ-Rcotθ=R(1 / sinθ-cotθ). In this process, the angle of rotation of the door body 30 around the first hinge axis 41 is θ.

[0420] Among them, E max The first derivative with respect to angle θ is as follows:

[0421] E' max =R[(1 / sinθ)'-cot'θ]

[0422] =R[-cosθ / sin 2 θ+1 / sin 2 θ]

[0423] =(R / sin 2 θ)·(1-cosθ)>0.

[0424] Therefore, E max =R / sinθ-Rcotθ=R(1 / sinθ-cotθ) is an increasing function with respect to θ.

[0425] like Figure 58 As shown, the intersection of the straight line segment of the first trajectory line S and the angle bisector H is denoted as the second setting position A2. The point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H closer to the door sidewall 32 is denoted as the first setting position A1. The point on the straight line segment of the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H farther from the door sidewall 32 is denoted as the third setting position A3. The angle between WA1 and the straight line segment of the first trajectory line is denoted as θ1, the angle between WA2 and the straight line segment of the first trajectory line is denoted as θ2, and the angle between WA3 and the straight line segment of the first trajectory line is denoted as θ3; where θ1 > θ2 > θ3.

[0426] Due to E max =R / sinθ - Rcotθ is an increasing function of θ; therefore, E max (θ1)>E max (θ2)>E max (θ3).

[0427] In summary, when the first positioning point P1 is located at the first setting position A1 when the door 30 is closed, if the door 30 only rotates around the rotation axis (such as the first hinge axis 41), the first side edge W will extend the maximum distance beyond the reference plane M0 during the rotation of the door 30.

[0428] When the first positioning point P1 is located at the third setting position A3 when the door body 30 is closed, if the door body 30 only rotates around the rotation axis (such as the first hinge axis 41), the distance of the first side edge W beyond the reference plane M0 during the rotation of the door body 30 is the smallest.

[0429] Therefore, in order to embed the door 30 into the cabinet 100, the greater the distance between the first positioning point P1 and the door side wall 32 when the door 30 is closed, the smaller the displacement compensation required for the door 30 to move inward as it rotates.

[0430] Considering the stability of the rotation and translation of the door body 30, the first hinge axis 41 can be set on the angle bisector H.

[0431] In summary, in this embodiment, for the first track groove 50 and the second track groove 60 with the relative positional relationship unchanged, the position of the first positioning point P1 of the first track groove 50 relative to the angle bisector H is different when the door 30 is closed, and the distance between the door 30 and the first reference plane M1 is different when the door 30 is rotated open to 90°.

[0432] For example, as the distance between the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory groove 50 and the door side wall 32 increases, when the door 30 is rotated open to 90°, the greater the distance between the door 30 and the first reference plane M1, the greater the maximum angle that the door 30 can open.

[0433] For example, see Figure 9 When the door 30 is opened to 90°, the distance between the front wall 31 of the door and the reference plane M0 is denoted as the first distance λ. When the front wall 31 is located inside the reference plane M0, the first distance λ is denoted as a positive number.

[0434] For example, such as Figure 59 As shown, when the first positioning point P1 is located at the first setting position A1 when the door 30 is closed, the first distance λ = 0 when the door 30 is opened to 90°, and the front wall 31 of the door is flush with the reference plane M0. In this embodiment, |A1A2|∈(0,2], unit: mm. In this way, on the one hand, it can ensure that the positioning center axis P is close to the angle bisector plane H, so as to ensure the stability of the movement of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the door 30. On the other hand, it can ensure that the door 30 does not exceed the reference plane M0 when it is opened to 90°, avoiding interference between the door 30 and the cabinet 100.

[0435] For example, such as Figure 60 As shown, when the door 30 is closed, with the first positioning point P1 set at the third setting position A3 when the door 30 is closed, when the door 30 is opened to 90°, the front wall 31 of the door is located inside the reference plane M0, and the first distance λ > 0. For example, λ ∈ [0.5, 2], unit: mm.

[0436] In this configuration, the door 30 is located inside the reference plane M0, which allows the door 30 of the refrigerator 1 embedded in the cabinet 100 to open to a greater angle. For example, |A3A2|∈(0,2], unit: mm. This ensures, on the one hand, that the positioning center axis P is close to the angle bisector H, thus ensuring the stability of the movement of the first hinge axis 41 relative to the door 30. On the other hand, it ensures that the door 30 is located inside the reference plane M0 when opened to 90°, which allows the door 30 of the refrigerator 1 embedded in the cabinet 100 to open to a greater angle.

[0437] In this embodiment, the front wall 31 is coplanar with the third reference plane M3, and the side wall 32 is coplanar with the reference plane M0. The angle bisector H is also the angle bisector of the angle between the front wall 31 and the side wall 32. When the door 30 is opened by only 45° around the first hinge axis 41, the angle bisector H is parallel to the third reference plane M3. When the door 30 is opened to 90°, the front wall 31 is parallel to or coplanar with the reference plane M0.

[0438] For example, when the door 30 is opened to approximately 45°, the first hinge axis 41 moves to the end of the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S near the door sidewall 32 (i.e., at the third positioning point P3). For example, when the first hinge axis 41 moves to the end of the straight trajectory segment of the first trajectory line S near the door sidewall 32, the opening angle of the door 30 is any angle between 43° and 47°. That is, in this embodiment, G2 ∈ any value in [43°, 47°].

[0439] Those skilled in the art will understand that the scope of this utility model is not limited to the specific embodiments described above, and that modifications and substitutions can be made to certain elements of the embodiments without departing from the spirit of this application. The scope of this application is limited by the appended claims.

Claims

1. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion, wherein when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the second hinge shaft that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door; The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge axis is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating open or close, the first hinge axis moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis moves relative to the second track groove; wherein... The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. The distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. Wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. When the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the angle bisector H away from the side wall of the door.

2. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion, wherein when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the second hinge shaft that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door; The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge axis is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating open or close, the first hinge axis moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis moves relative to the second track groove; wherein... The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. The distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part comes into contact with the stop part, and when the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. When the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the angle bisector H away from the side wall of the door.

3. The refrigerator according to claim 2, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

4. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

5. The refrigerator according to claim 4, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

6. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion, wherein when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the second hinge shaft that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are formed on the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; wherein... When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. When the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the angle bisector H away from the side wall of the door.

7. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion, wherein when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge shaft is located on the side of the second hinge shaft that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; Specifically, when the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; Wherein, the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H, the intersection of the first trajectory line S and the angle bisector H is denoted as the second setting position A2, the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H closer to the side wall of the door is denoted as the first setting position A1, and the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H away from the side wall of the door is denoted as the third setting position A3. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis is located at either A1 or A3, where |A1A2|∈(0, 2mm] and |A3A2|∈(0, 2mm).

8. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 6-7, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along the curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. Furthermore, the second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 in a direction away from the front wall and close to the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6, and the distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases in the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door to the side wall of the door.

9. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. The first hinge shaft contacts the end of the first track groove near the door side wall. There is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the door side wall, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0, so that the end of the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove do not contact each other and there is no interaction force.

10. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. There is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the side wall of the door, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0, so that the end of the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove do not contact each other and there is no interaction force.

11. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. There is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the side wall of the door, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0, so that the end of the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove do not contact each other and there is no interaction force.

12. The refrigerator according to claim 11, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

13. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge axis is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating open or close, the first hinge axis moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge axis moves relative to the second track groove; wherein... The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first track groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second track groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. The first hinge shaft contacts the end of the first track groove near the door side wall. There is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the door side wall, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0, so that the end of the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove do not contact each other and there is no interaction force.

14. The refrigerator according to claim 13, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

15. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. The center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein... The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. The first hinge shaft contacts the end of the first track groove near the side wall of the door, and the second hinge shaft contacts the end of the second track groove near the side wall of the door.

16. The refrigerator according to claim 15, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

17. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the rotational opening or closing of the door, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. A first gap J1 exists between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and a second gap J2 exists between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, wherein the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K, and the first trajectory line S includes two trajectory segments with different extension directions, and the connection point is denoted as the second positioning point P2. The first trajectory line S extends from the end away from the door sidewall towards the direction close to the door sidewall. The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. Wherein, G2 is the unlocking angle. When the door is opened to the second angle G2, the central axis of the first hinge shaft moves along the first trajectory line to the second positioning point P2, and the lock hook separates from the stop part.

18. The refrigerator according to claim 17, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

19. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 9 to 18, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

20. The refrigerator according to claim 19, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

21. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the rotational opening or closing of the door, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. A first gap J1 exists between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and a second gap J2 exists between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, wherein the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The plane containing the access opening of the storage room is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane containing the front wall of the door and the plane containing the side wall of the door; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, and there is a fourth gap μ2 between the end wall of the second track groove that cooperates with the second hinge shaft and the end wall away from the side wall of the door, where μ2>0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 closer to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0°.

22. The refrigerator according to claim 21, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

23. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part gradually enters the hook gap; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The plane containing the access opening of the storage room is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane containing the front wall of the door and the plane containing the side wall of the door; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2; there is a third gap μ1 between the first hinge shaft and the end wall of the first track groove away from the side wall of the door, the third gap μ1 being any value between 0 and 0.2 mm; there is a fourth gap μ2 between the second hinge shaft and the end wall of the second track groove that it cooperates with, the end wall away from the side wall of the door, μ2 > 0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 closer to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0°.

24. The refrigerator according to claim 23, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

25. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 21 to 24, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

26. The refrigerator according to claim 25, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

27. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge shaft is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge shaft is denoted as the guide central axis Q. The first hinge shaft and the second hinge shaft are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. The first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value between 1.5mm and 3.5mm. Furthermore, during the process of the door rotating open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; Specifically, when the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The plane containing the access opening of the storage room is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane containing the front wall of the door and the plane containing the side wall of the door; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, and there is a fourth gap μ2 between the end wall of the second track groove that cooperates with the second hinge shaft and the end wall away from the side wall of the door, where μ2>0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 closer to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0°.

28. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is closed, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall and the rear wall of the door. The intersection of the first trajectory line S and the angle bisector H is denoted as the second setting position A2, and the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H that is close to the side wall of the door is denoted as the first setting position A1, and the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H that is far from the side wall of the door is denoted as the third setting position A3. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis is located at either A1 or A3, where |A1A2|∈(0, 2mm] and |A3A2|∈(0, 2mm]; and the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. Furthermore, during the process of the door rotating open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; Specifically, when the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating; The plane containing the access opening of the storage room is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane containing the front wall of the door and the plane containing the side wall of the door; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, and there is a fourth gap μ2 between the end wall of the second track groove that cooperates with the second hinge shaft and the end wall away from the side wall of the door, where μ2>0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 closer to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0°.

29. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 27-28, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

30. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; Wherein, the axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied; Furthermore, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

31. The refrigerator according to claim 30, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

32. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 30-31, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

33. The refrigerator according to claim 32, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

34. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; Wherein, the axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied; Furthermore, there is a first gap J1 between the first hinge axis away from the end face of the hinge plate and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

35. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is closed, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall and the rear wall of the door. The intersection of the first trajectory line S and the angle bisector H is denoted as the second setting position A2, and the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H that is close to the side wall of the door is denoted as the first setting position A1, and the point on the first trajectory line S located on the side of the angle bisector H that is far from the side wall of the door is denoted as the third setting position A3. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis is located at either A1 or A3, where |A1A2|∈(0, 2mm] and |A3A2|∈(0, 2mm]; and the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; Wherein, the axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied; Furthermore, there is a first gap J1 between the first hinge axis away from the end face of the hinge plate and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

36. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 34-35, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

37. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A door seal is provided on the wall surface opposite to the door body and the front wall of the door; the door seal has a side sealing edge F close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door; A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first trajectory groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second trajectory groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part gradually enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... When the door is opened to 90°, the surface of the door seal away from the door sidewall and the front wall of the door is approximately parallel to the first body sidewall. As the door opens from 90° to the maximum angle Gmax, the angle between the surface of the door seal away from the door side wall and the first body side wall increases monotonically, and the distance between the side sealing edge F and the plane containing the surface of the door seal away from the door front wall when the door is opened to 90° increases monotonically. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

38. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A door seal is provided on the wall surface opposite to the door body and the front wall of the door; the door seal has a side sealing edge F close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door; A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied; Furthermore, the center trajectory line of the first track groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second track groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... When the door is opened to 90°, the surface of the door seal away from the door sidewall and the front wall of the door is approximately parallel to the first body sidewall. As the door opens from 90° to the maximum angle Gmax, the angle between the surface of the door seal away from the door side wall and the first body side wall increases monotonically, and the distance between the side sealing edge F and the plane containing the surface of the door seal away from the door front wall when the door is opened to 90° increases monotonically. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

39. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 37-38, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

40. The refrigerator according to claim 39, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

41. The refrigerator according to claim 40, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

42. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A door seal is provided on the wall surface opposite to the door body and the front wall of the door; the door seal has a side sealing edge F close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door; A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The second trajectory line K extends from the first guide point Q1 in a direction away from the front wall and close to the side wall of the door along a curve to the sixth guide point Q6, and the distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases in the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door to the side wall of the door. The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door is opened to 90°, the surface of the door seal away from the door sidewall and the front wall of the door is approximately parallel to the first body sidewall. As the door opens from 90° to the maximum angle Gmax, the angle between the surface of the door seal away from the door side wall and the first body side wall increases monotonically, and the distance between the side sealing edge F and the plane containing the surface of the door seal away from the door front wall when the door is opened to 90° increases monotonically. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

43. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first track groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second track groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied. The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... During the process of the door opening from closed to G1, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ1. During the process of the door opening from G1 to G2, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ2; wherein, ζ1 > ζ2. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

44. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... During the process of the door opening from closed to G1, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ1. During the process of the door opening from G1 to G2, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ2; wherein, ζ1 > ζ2. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

45. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 43-44, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

46. ​​The refrigerator according to claim 45, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

47. The refrigerator according to claim 46, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

48. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; During the process of the door opening from closed to G1, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ1. During the process of the door opening from G1 to G2, the average change in the distance between the central axis of the first hinge shaft and the edge of the side seal away from the door sidewall for each unit angle of rotation of the door body is recorded as ζ2; wherein, ζ1 > ζ2. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

49. The refrigerator according to claim 48, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

50. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first trajectory line S comprises two smoothly transitional trajectory segments: one on a side away from the door sidewall and the other on a side close to the door sidewall, extending in different directions. The curved trajectory segment on the side close to the door sidewall extends from the end away from the door sidewall towards the door sidewall and towards the first side edge W, and the distance between this curved groove segment and the door sidewall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall to the front wall. One end of the second trajectory groove is further away from both the rear wall and the door sidewall than the other end of the second trajectory groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; and, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first trajectory groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second trajectory groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... During the operation of the first hinge axis along the first trajectory line S, in a section of the trajectory line far from the door sidewall, the average distance the door moves inward for each unit angle of rotation is ξ1, and during the operation of the first hinge axis along the first trajectory line S, in a section of the trajectory line far from the door sidewall, the average distance the door moves inward for each unit angle of rotation is ξ2, wherein ξ1 > ξ2. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

51. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first trajectory line S comprises two smoothly transitional trajectory segments: one on a side away from the door sidewall and the other on a side close to the door sidewall, extending in different directions. The curved trajectory segment on the side close to the door sidewall extends from the end away from the door sidewall towards the door sidewall and towards the first side edge W, and the distance between this curved groove segment and the door sidewall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall to the front wall. One end of the second trajectory groove is further away from both the rear wall and the door sidewall than the other end of the second trajectory groove. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft has a second gap J2 between its end face away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; and, The axial radius of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis is rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K is ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to the angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; and... During the operation of the first hinge axis along the first trajectory line S, in a section of the trajectory line far from the door sidewall, the average distance the door moves inward for each unit angle of rotation is ξ1, and during the operation of the first hinge axis along the first trajectory line S, in a section of the trajectory line far from the door sidewall, the average distance the door moves inward for each unit angle of rotation is ξ2, wherein ξ1 > ξ2. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

52. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 50-51, characterized in that, When the door is closed from angle GB0 to angle GB1, the elastic deformation of the hook reaches the maximum deformation during the closing process of the door. When the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook gradually recovers, wherein GB0 > GB1. When the door is closed to the angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove, wherein GB1 > GS; When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF.

53. The refrigerator according to claim 52, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

54. The refrigerator according to claim 52, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

55. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; When the door is closed to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall. When the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, the hook part undergoes elastic deformation, and the hook part enters the hook gap; The door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle G. max During the process, the first hinge axis always moves along the first trajectory line and always moves towards the side wall of the door, the second hinge axis always moves along the second trajectory line and always moves towards the side wall of the door, and the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis always maintain unidirectional movement; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

56. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first trajectory groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second trajectory groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, when the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, causing the hook part to undergo elastic deformation and gradually enter the hook gap; when the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook part gradually recovers; wherein, GB0 > GB1; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; wherein, GB1 > GS; and, When the door continues to close until it reaches angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

57. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, and when the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; where GB0 > GS. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

58. The refrigerator according to claim 57, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

59. The refrigerator according to claim 58, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

60. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. Wherein, when the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the door side wall and close to the door rear wall, and when the door is closed, the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the door side wall, wherein the angle bisector H is denoted as the angle bisector H of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the door side wall; The mounting block includes a plate and a track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door, the mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and fixedly connected to the door; The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning central axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is denoted as the guiding central axis Q. The first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are fixed to the hinge plate, and the axis line segment PQ moves relative to the track groove on the door body. Wherein, the first hinge shaft has a first gap J1 between the end face of the hinge plate away from the first hinge shaft and the bottom of its track groove, and the first gap J1 is any value from 1.5mm to 3.5mm. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves along the first trajectory line S curve, and the guide center axis Q of the second hinge axis moves along the second trajectory line K curve; When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The second trajectory line K extends from the first guide point Q1 in a direction away from the front wall and close to the side wall of the door along a curve to the sixth guide point Q6, and the distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases in the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door to the side wall of the door. The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2; where D1 > D2; And, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm≤L2≤30mm; The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided at the lower end of the door body near the hinge; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, when the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, causing the hook part to undergo elastic deformation and gradually enter the hook gap; when the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook part gradually recovers; wherein, GB0 > GB1; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. When the door continues to close from angle GS to angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G'F and reaches the torsion spring critical value. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF. Wherein, angle GS < GB1; When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

61. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; Refrigeration unit supplies cold air to the storage room; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; Furthermore, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. And, the plane where the access opening of the storage room is located is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane where the front wall of the door is located and the plane where the side wall of the door is located; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, and there is a fourth gap μ2 between the end wall of the second track groove that cooperates with the second hinge shaft and the end wall away from the side wall of the door, where μ2>0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 that is close to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, when the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, causing the hook part to undergo elastic deformation and gradually enter the hook gap; when the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook part gradually recovers; wherein, GB0 > GB1; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; wherein, GB1 > GS; and, When the door continues to close until it reaches angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating.

62. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the housing, wherein the hinge plate includes a connecting portion connected to the housing, an extension portion extending forward from the connecting portion and in the shape of a horizontal plate, and a first hinge shaft and a second hinge shaft integrally formed on the extension portion. When the door is in the closed state, the first hinge axis is located on the side of the second hinge axis that is close to the side wall of the door and close to the rear wall of the door, and the central axis of the first hinge axis is located on the side of the angle bisector H that is away from the side wall of the door, wherein the angle bisector of the angle formed by the front wall of the door and the side wall of the door is denoted as the angle bisector H. The mounting block includes a plate, a first track groove and a second track groove formed on the plate, and a receiving groove is provided on the upper end surface of the door body. The mounting block is inserted into the receiving groove and is fixedly connected to the door body. The first hinge shaft is adapted to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft is adapted to the second track groove. During the process of the door rotating to open or close, the first hinge shaft moves relative to the first track groove, and the second hinge shaft moves relative to the second track groove. The first track groove includes a curved groove segment, one end of which extends toward the first side edge W, and the distance between the curved groove segment and the door side wall gradually decreases in the direction from the rear wall of the door to the front wall of the door; and one end of the second track groove is farther away from the rear wall of the door and farther away from the door side wall than the other end of the second track groove. Wherein, the center trajectory line of the first trajectory groove is denoted as the first trajectory line S, and the center trajectory line of the second trajectory groove is denoted as the second trajectory line K; Furthermore, there is a first gap J1 between the end face of the first hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the first track groove, and there is a second gap J2 between the end face of the second hinge shaft away from the hinge plate and the bottom of the second track groove, and the second gap J2 ≥ the first gap J1. Furthermore, the axial radii of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis are rT, and the minimum radius of curvature of the curve trajectories of the first trajectory line S and the second trajectory line K are ρmin, and the relationship rT≤0.8ρmin is satisfied. The central axis of the first hinge axis is denoted as the positioning center axis P, and the central axis of the second hinge axis is the guide center axis Q. When the door is closed, the positioning center axis P is located at the first positioning point P1 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the first guide point Q1 of the second trajectory line K. When the door is opened to Gmax, the positioning center axis P is located at the sixth positioning point P6 of the first trajectory line S, and the guide center axis Q is located at the sixth guide point Q6 of the second trajectory line K. Wherein, the first positioning point P1 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth positioning point P6 is the end point where the positioning center axis P moves along the first trajectory line S to a point close to the door side wall; and the first guide point Q1 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point away from the door side wall, and the sixth guide point Q6 is the end point where the guide center axis Q moves along the second trajectory line K to a point close to the door side wall; The distance between the first positioning point P1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D1, and the distance between the sixth positioning point P6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as D2. And, the distance between the first guide point Q1 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z1, and the distance between the sixth guide point Q6 and the front wall of the door is denoted as Z2, where Z1 < D2; Furthermore, when the door is in the closed state, the distance between the central axes of the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a first direction parallel to the door sidewall is denoted as L1 = D1 - Z1, and 2.5mm ≤ L1 ≤ 10mm; the distance between the first hinge axis and the second hinge axis in a second direction perpendicular to the door sidewall is denoted as L2, and 7.5mm ≤ L2 ≤ 30mm. And, the plane where the access opening of the storage room is located is denoted as the second reference plane M2; when the door is closed, the first side edge W is formed by the intersection line of the plane where the front wall of the door is located and the plane where the side wall of the door is located; the plane passing through the first side edge W and parallel to the second reference plane M2 is denoted as the third reference plane M3; When the door is closed, the front wall of the door is coplanar with the third reference plane M3; when the door is closed, the front wall of the door is parallel to the second reference plane M2, and there is a fourth gap μ2 between the end wall of the second track groove that cooperates with the second hinge shaft and the end wall away from the side wall of the door, where μ2>0; When the door is in the closed state and the door seal is continued to be squeezed, the front wall of the door moves to the side of the third reference plane M3 that is close to the box body. The included angle between the front wall of the door and the third reference plane M3 is denoted as δ1, where δ1 < 0. The mounting block also includes: A locking hook is provided on the panel and on the side away from the door sidewall. The locking hook includes a hook portion that extends away from the door sidewall and bends towards the rear wall of the door. The locking hook has an opening facing the panel and its free end is located on the side near the rear wall of the door. Additionally, a stop portion is formed on the side of the hinge away from the side wall of the first body, and a hook gap is formed on the side of the stop portion near the housing. When the door is closed, the free end of the locking hook is received in the hook gap, so that the locking hook is locked with the hinge to lock the door. When the door is opened, the locking hook is deformed by force and disengages from the stop. The hinge plate forms a limiting surface at the end away from the box body and close to the side wall of the first body; A limiting part is provided near the hinge and at the lower end of the door body; the limiting part includes an insert and a limiting strip; the limiting part is a sheet metal part; wherein... The mounting part is plate-shaped; the mounting block is located on the side of the mounting part away from the door body, and the mounting block clamps and fixes the mounting part to the door body; The limiting strip is formed by extending from the edge of the mounting portion near the front wall of the door towards the side away from the door body from the surface of the door body; A flip beam is provided at one end of one of the two oppositely arranged door bodies, closer to the other. The flip beam is connected to the door body by a door hinge, and the flip beam and the door hinge are elastically connected by a torsion spring. A guide channel is provided on the top wall of the storage chamber; A guide block is disposed at the top of the flip beam and cooperates with the guide groove to realize the switching of different angles between the flip beam and the corresponding door body; During the closing process of the door from the open state, when the door is closed to angle GB0, the hook part contacts the stop part, and as the door continues to close, the stop part and the hook part interact, causing the hook part to undergo elastic deformation and gradually enter the hook gap; when the door is closed to angle GB1, the deformation of the hook part gradually recovers; wherein, GB0 > GB1; When the door closes to angle GS, the guide block at the top of the flip beam contacts the guide groove. As the door continues to close, the guide block begins to flip under the pressure of the groove wall; wherein, GB1 > GS; and, When the door continues to close until it reaches angle GF, the flip beam flips over angle G`F and reaches the critical value of the torsion spring. After the door closes to angle GF, the flip beam automatically flips. Wherein, GS > GF. When the door is opened from the closed state to the maximum angle Gmax, the limiting strip abuts against the limiting surface to prevent the door from rotating. There is a separation gap μ0 between the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove near the side wall of the door, and the width of the separation gap μ0 is greater than 0, so that the end of the second hinge shaft and the end of the second track groove do not contact each other and there is no interaction force.

63. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 61-62, characterized in that, The door is opened from the closed state to G max During the process, the positioning center axis P of the first hinge axis moves unidirectionally toward the door side wall relative to the track groove of the door body; The first trajectory line S extends from the first positioning point P1 towards the side wall of the door and then extends along a curve towards the side wall of the door and the front wall of the door to the sixth positioning point P6. The sixth positioning point P6 is located on the side of the first positioning point P1 that is close to the side wall of the door and away from the front wall of the door.

64. The refrigerator according to claim 63, characterized in that, The second trajectory line K extends along a curve from the first guide point Q1 toward the front wall of the door and toward the side wall of the door to the sixth guide point Q6. The distance between the second trajectory line K and the front wall of the door first increases and then decreases along the direction from the end away from the side wall of the door toward the side wall of the door.

65. A refrigerator, characterized in that, include: A cabinet that defines a storage compartment includes an inner liner defining the storage compartment, an outer shell forming the appearance of the refrigerator, and a heat insulation layer disposed between the inner liner and the outer shell; wherein the cabinet includes a first body sidewall and a second body sidewall disposed opposite to each other. Multiple storage compartments include a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment located below the refrigerator compartment, and the front end of the storage compartments has an access port; A door, connected to the housing and having an opening for opening and closing at least one of the plurality of storage compartments; wherein the door comprises: When the door is closed, the front wall away from the housing, the rear wall opposite to the front wall and close to the housing, and the side wall close to the hinge assembly and connected to the front wall; and, The front wall and the side wall of the door intersect to form a first side edge W, and the side wall and the rear wall of the door intersect to form a second side edge N. When the door is closed, the first side edge W is located on the side of the second side edge N that is away from the box body. A hinge assembly includes a hinge plate fixedly connected to the hous...

Images